WO2018180168A1 - Sheet manufacturing device and method for controlling sheet manufacturing device - Google Patents
Sheet manufacturing device and method for controlling sheet manufacturing device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018180168A1 WO2018180168A1 PCT/JP2018/007752 JP2018007752W WO2018180168A1 WO 2018180168 A1 WO2018180168 A1 WO 2018180168A1 JP 2018007752 W JP2018007752 W JP 2018007752W WO 2018180168 A1 WO2018180168 A1 WO 2018180168A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- sheet
- unit
- type
- manufacturing
- additive
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B27—WORKING OR PRESERVING WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES IN GENERAL
- B27N—MANUFACTURE BY DRY PROCESSES OF ARTICLES, WITH OR WITHOUT ORGANIC BINDING AGENTS, MADE FROM PARTICLES OR FIBRES CONSISTING OF WOOD OR OTHER LIGNOCELLULOSIC OR LIKE ORGANIC MATERIAL
- B27N1/00—Pretreatment of moulding material
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B27—WORKING OR PRESERVING WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES IN GENERAL
- B27N—MANUFACTURE BY DRY PROCESSES OF ARTICLES, WITH OR WITHOUT ORGANIC BINDING AGENTS, MADE FROM PARTICLES OR FIBRES CONSISTING OF WOOD OR OTHER LIGNOCELLULOSIC OR LIKE ORGANIC MATERIAL
- B27N3/00—Manufacture of substantially flat articles, e.g. boards, from particles or fibres
- B27N3/04—Manufacture of substantially flat articles, e.g. boards, from particles or fibres from fibres
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/40—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
- D04H1/58—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/40—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties
- D04H1/58—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives
- D04H1/60—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres from fleeces or layers composed of fibres without existing or potential cohesive properties by applying, incorporating or activating chemical or thermoplastic bonding agents, e.g. adhesives the bonding agent being applied in dry state, e.g. thermo-activatable agents in solid or molten state, and heat being applied subsequently
-
- D—TEXTILES; PAPER
- D04—BRAIDING; LACE-MAKING; KNITTING; TRIMMINGS; NON-WOVEN FABRICS
- D04H—MAKING TEXTILE FABRICS, e.g. FROM FIBRES OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL; FABRICS MADE BY SUCH PROCESSES OR APPARATUS, e.g. FELTS, NON-WOVEN FABRICS; COTTON-WOOL; WADDING ; NON-WOVEN FABRICS FROM STAPLE FIBRES, FILAMENTS OR YARNS, BONDED WITH AT LEAST ONE WEB-LIKE MATERIAL DURING THEIR CONSOLIDATION
- D04H1/00—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres
- D04H1/70—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres
- D04H1/72—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres the fibres being randomly arranged
- D04H1/736—Non-woven fabrics formed wholly or mainly of staple fibres or like relatively short fibres characterised by the method of forming fleeces or layers, e.g. reorientation of fibres the fibres being randomly arranged characterised by the apparatus for arranging fibres
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a sheet manufacturing apparatus and a control method for the sheet manufacturing apparatus.
- Patent Document 1 an apparatus for manufacturing a sheet from raw materials such as waste paper is known (for example, see Patent Document 1).
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus described in Patent Document 1 can change conditions (pressing force and heating temperature) for manufacturing a sheet under the control of the control unit.
- An object of the present invention is to enable a sheet manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a sheet to quickly change conditions and the like relating to the manufacture of the sheet.
- the present invention provides a sheet manufacturing unit that manufactures a sheet, a reception unit that receives an input of a type of a sheet that is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, and the sheet that is based on the input received by the reception unit.
- a control unit that sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type and causes the sheet manufacturing unit to manufacture a sheet, and the control unit manufactures a sheet by the sheet manufacturing unit.
- the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set according to the type of the sheet based on the new input received by the receiving unit.
- the production of the sheet is continued by changing to operating conditions.
- the present invention it is possible to accept a new input of a sheet type while manufacturing a sheet, change the operating conditions for manufacturing the sheet, and continue manufacturing the sheet. For this reason, it is possible to quickly change the type of sheet to be manufactured without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
- the sheet manufacturing unit includes a heating unit that heats a material including fibers and a binder, and the control unit is configured to respond to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit.
- the structure which sets the temperature of the said heating part as an operating condition of the said sheet manufacturing part may be sufficient. According to this structure, in the apparatus which manufactures a sheet
- seat manufacturing part has the some accommodating part which accommodated the raw material containing the said fiber for every kind, and the supply part which supplies the said raw material from the said accommodating part
- the said control part is In accordance with the type of the sheet based on the input received by the reception unit, the type of the raw material supplied from the supply unit is set as the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit, and the type of the raw material is set according to the set type of the raw material.
- the structure which sets the temperature of a heating part may be sufficient. According to this structure, the raw material used for manufacture of a sheet
- the apparatus includes a plurality of cartridges each containing different types of binding materials
- the control unit is configured to control the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit.
- one or more cartridges to be used may be set, heating temperature information may be acquired from the set cartridge, and the temperature of the heating unit may be set based on the acquired heating temperature information.
- the apparatus for manufacturing a sheet using a binding material according to the type of sheet to be manufactured the binding material is changed while the sheet is manufactured, and heating is performed according to the changed binding material. You can change the temperature. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanied by the change of the binding material without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet, and even when the binding material is changed, the heating can be appropriately performed. Can produce quality sheets.
- the control unit sets a plurality of the cartridges as operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit and acquires the heating temperature information from each of the set plurality of cartridges
- the acquired heating temperature information The structure which sets the temperature of the said heating part based on the heating temperature information which shows the highest temperature among these may be sufficient.
- the binder when a sheet is manufactured using a plurality of binders, the binder can be heated at an appropriate temperature, and a high-quality sheet can be manufactured.
- the control unit sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and the sheet manufacturing unit sets the sheet.
- the sheet manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit may be configured to distinguish the sheet different from the first type and the second type.
- a sheet different from the type corresponding to the input can be distinguished. For this reason, for example, a sheet having a desired quality can be easily taken out by distinguishing a sheet having a property different from a designated sheet, such as a sheet manufactured between the start of the change and the completion of the change. it can.
- the sheet manufacturing unit can execute a transport operation for transporting a material related to the manufacture of the sheet, and according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit.
- the configuration may be such that, after setting the operation conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit, the input received by the receiving unit during the carrying operation is used as the new input.
- the operation condition can be changed according to the input during the execution of the transport operation for transporting the material related to the manufacture of the sheet.
- control unit includes at least one of a material for manufacturing the sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet according to a type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit.
- a configuration may be used in which conditions relating to the manufacture of the sheet are set. According to this configuration, a condition including at least one of a material for manufacturing a sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet can be set according to an input, and the condition can be changed while the operation for manufacturing the sheet is continued. .
- the present invention provides a method for controlling a sheet manufacturing apparatus including a sheet manufacturing unit that manufactures a sheet for manufacturing a sheet, and receives an input of a type of the sheet to be manufactured, and the received input
- the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set, the sheet is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, and a new input of the sheet type is performed while the sheet is manufactured.
- the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is changed to an operation condition corresponding to the type of the sheet based on the new input, and the manufacture of the sheet is continued.
- it is possible to accept a new input of a sheet type while manufacturing a sheet change the operating conditions for manufacturing the sheet, and continue manufacturing the sheet. For this reason, it is possible to quickly change the type of sheet to be manufactured without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
- the schematic diagram which shows the structure of the sheet manufacturing apparatus which concerns on 1st Embodiment The schematic diagram which shows the structure of an additive supply part.
- Explanatory drawing which shows the example of the operation state of a sheet manufacturing apparatus.
- seat The schematic diagram which shows the change of the sheet
- seat manufactured with a sheet manufacturing apparatus The flowchart which shows operation
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of a sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 according to a first embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described in the present embodiment for example, after used fiber such as confidential paper as a raw material is defibrated and fiberized by dry process, and then pressurized, heated and cut to obtain new paper. It is an apparatus suitable for manufacturing.
- By mixing various additives with the fiberized raw material it is possible to improve the bond strength and whiteness of paper products and add functions such as color, fragrance, and flame resistance according to the application. Also good.
- by controlling the density, thickness, and shape of the paper it is possible to manufacture paper of various thicknesses and sizes according to the application, such as office paper and business card paper of standard sizes such as A4 and A3. be able to.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a manufacturing unit 102 (sheet manufacturing unit) and a control device 110.
- the manufacturing unit 102 manufactures a sheet.
- the manufacturing unit 102 includes a supply unit 10, a crushing unit 12, a defibrating unit 20, a sorting unit 40, a first web forming unit 45, a rotating body 49, a mixing unit 50, a depositing unit 60, a second web forming unit 70, and a conveyance.
- a part 79, a sheet forming part 80, and a cutting part 90 are examples of the manufacturing unit 102.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes humidifying units 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, and 212 for the purpose of humidifying the raw material and / or humidifying the space in which the raw material moves.
- Specific configurations of the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, and 212 are arbitrary, and examples thereof include a steam type, a vaporization type, a hot air vaporization type, and an ultrasonic type.
- the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 are configured by a vaporizer-type or hot-air vaporizer-type humidifier. That is, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 have a filter (not shown) that wets water, and supplies humidified air with increased humidity by allowing air to pass through the filter. Further, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 may include a heater (not shown) that effectively increases the humidity of the humidified air.
- the humidification part 210 and the humidification part 212 are comprised with an ultrasonic humidifier.
- the humidifying units 210 and 212 have a vibrating unit (not shown) that atomizes water and supplies mist generated by the vibrating unit.
- the supply unit 10 supplies raw materials to the crushing unit 12.
- the raw material from which the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 manufactures a sheet may be anything as long as it contains fibers, and examples thereof include paper, pulp, pulp sheet, cloth including nonwoven fabric, and woven fabric. In the present embodiment, a configuration in which the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 uses waste paper as a raw material is illustrated.
- the supply unit 10 includes, for example, a plurality of stackers 11 (accommodating units) that accommodate used paper (raw materials). In each stacker 11, old paper is accumulated and accumulated. For example, in the supply unit 10, used paper can be stored in different stackers 11 for each type.
- the supply unit 10 includes an automatic feeding device that selects any one of the plurality of stackers 11 and sends used paper from the selected stacker 11 to the crushing unit 12. The stacker 11 selected by the supply unit 10 is specified by the control of the control device 110.
- the coarse crushing unit 12 cuts (crushes) the raw material supplied by the supply unit 10 with a coarse crushing blade 14 to obtain a coarse crushing piece.
- the rough crushing blade 14 cuts the raw material in the air (in the air) or the like.
- the crushing unit 12 includes, for example, a pair of crushing blades 14 that are cut with a raw material interposed therebetween, and a drive unit that rotates the crushing blades 14, and can have a configuration similar to a so-called shredder.
- the shape and size of the coarsely crushed pieces are arbitrary and may be suitable for the defibrating process in the defibrating unit 20.
- the crushing unit 12 cuts the raw material into a piece of paper having a size of 1 to several cm square or less.
- the crushing unit 12 has a chute (hopper) 9 that receives the crushing pieces that are cut by the crushing blade 14 and dropped.
- the chute 9 has, for example, a taper shape in which the width gradually decreases in the direction in which the coarsely crushed pieces flow (the traveling direction). Therefore, the chute 9 can receive many coarse fragments.
- the chute 9 is connected to a tube 2 communicating with the defibrating unit 20, and the tube 2 forms a conveying path for conveying the raw material (crushed pieces) cut by the crushing blade 14 to the defibrating unit 20. .
- the coarsely crushed pieces are collected by the chute 9 and transferred (conveyed) through the tube 2 to the defibrating unit 20.
- Humidified air is supplied by the humidifying unit 202 to the chute 9 included in the crushing unit 12 or in the vicinity of the chute 9.
- tube 2 by static electricity can be suppressed.
- the crushed material cut by the pulverizing blade 14 is transferred to the defibrating unit 20 together with humidified (high humidity) air, the effect of suppressing adhesion of the defibrated material inside the defibrating unit 20 is also achieved. I can expect.
- the humidification part 202 is good also as a structure which supplies humidified air to the rough crushing blade 14, and neutralizes the raw material which the supply part 10 supplies. Moreover, you may neutralize using an ionizer with the humidification part 202.
- FIG. 1 A schematic diagram of a typical humidification part 202.
- the defibrating unit 20 defibrates the crushed material cut by the crushing unit 12. More specifically, the defibrating unit 20 defibrates the raw material (crushed pieces) cut by the crushing unit 12 to generate a defibrated material.
- “defibration” means unraveling a raw material (a material to be defibrated) formed by binding a plurality of fibers into individual fibers.
- the defibrating unit 20 also has a function of separating substances such as resin particles, ink, toner, and a bleeding inhibitor adhering to the raw material from the fibers.
- the “defibrated material” includes resin particles (resins that bind multiple fibers together), ink, toner, etc. In some cases, additives such as colorants, anti-bleeding agents, paper strength enhancers and the like are included.
- the shape of the defibrated material that has been unraveled is a string shape or a ribbon shape.
- the unraveled defibrated material may exist in an unentangled state (independent state) with other undisentangled fibers, or entangled with other undisentangled defibrated material to form a lump. It may exist in a state (a state forming a so-called “dama”).
- the defibrating unit 20 performs defibration by a dry method.
- performing a process such as defibration in the air (in the air), not in the liquid, is called dry.
- the defibrating unit 20 uses an impeller mill.
- the defibrating unit 20 includes a rotor (not shown) that rotates at high speed, and a liner (not shown) that is positioned on the outer periphery of the rotor.
- the raw crushed pieces cut by the crushing unit 12 are sandwiched between the rotor and the liner of the defibrating unit 20 and defibrated.
- the defibrating unit 20 generates an air flow by the rotation of the rotor.
- the defibrating unit 20 can suck the crushed pieces, which are raw materials, from the tube 2 and convey the defibrated material to the discharge port 24.
- the defibrated material is sent out from the discharge port 24 to the tube 3 and transferred to the sorting unit 40 through the tube 3.
- the defibrated material generated in the defibrating unit 20 is conveyed from the defibrating unit 20 to the sorting unit 40 by the air flow generated by the defibrating unit 20.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a defibrating unit blower 26 that is an airflow generation device, and the defibrated material is conveyed to the sorting unit 40 by the airflow generated by the defibrating unit blower 26.
- the defibrating unit blower 26 is attached to the pipe 3, sucks air from the defibrating unit 20 together with the defibrated material, and blows it to the sorting unit 40.
- the sorting unit 40 has an inlet 42 through which the defibrated material defibrated from the tube 3 by the defibrating unit 20 flows together with the airflow.
- the sorting unit 40 sorts the defibrated material to be introduced into the introduction port 42 according to the length of the fiber. Specifically, the sorting unit 40 uses a defibrated material having a size equal to or smaller than a predetermined size among the defibrated material defibrated by the defibrating unit 20 as a first selected material, and a defibrated material larger than the first selected material. Is selected as the second selection.
- the first selection includes fibers or particles
- the second selection includes, for example, large fibers, undefibrated pieces (crushed pieces that have not been sufficiently defibrated), and defibrated fibers agglomerated or entangled. Including tama etc.
- the sorting unit 40 includes a drum unit 41 (sieving unit) and a housing unit (covering unit) 43 that accommodates the drum unit 41.
- the drum portion 41 is a cylindrical sieve that is rotationally driven by a motor.
- the drum portion 41 has a net (filter, screen) and functions as a sieve.
- the drum unit 41 sorts a first selection smaller than the mesh opening (opening) and a second selection larger than the mesh opening.
- a metal net for example, a metal net, an expanded metal obtained by stretching a cut metal plate, or a punching metal in which a hole is formed in the metal plate by a press machine or the like can be used.
- the defibrated material introduced into the introduction port 42 is sent into the drum portion 41 together with the air current, and the first selected material falls downward from the mesh of the drum portion 41 by the rotation of the drum portion 41.
- the second selection that cannot pass through the mesh of the drum portion 41 is caused to flow by the airflow flowing into the drum portion 41 from the introduction port 42, led to the discharge port 44, and sent out to the pipe 8.
- the tube 8 connects the inside of the drum portion 41 and the tube 2.
- the second selection flowed through the pipe 8 flows through the pipe 2 together with the coarsely crushed pieces cut by the coarse crushing section 12 and is guided to the introduction port 22 of the defibrating section 20. As a result, the second selected item is returned to the defibrating unit 20 and defibrated.
- the first selection material selected by the drum unit 41 is dispersed in the air through the mesh of the drum unit 41 and is applied to the mesh belt 46 of the first web forming unit 45 located below the drum unit 41. Descent towards.
- the first web forming unit 45 includes a mesh belt 46 (separating belt), a roller 47, and a suction unit (suction mechanism) 48.
- the mesh belt 46 is an endless belt, is suspended by three rollers 47, and is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow in the drawing by the movement of the rollers 47.
- the surface of the mesh belt 46 is constituted by a net in which openings of a predetermined size are arranged.
- fine particles having a size that passes through the meshes fall below the mesh belt 46, and fibers of a size that cannot pass through the meshes accumulate on the mesh belt 46, and mesh. It is conveyed together with the belt 46 in the direction of arrow V1.
- the fine particles falling from the mesh belt 46 include defibrated materials that are relatively small or low in density (resin particles, colorants, additives, etc.), and the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 does not use them for manufacturing the sheet S. It is a removed product.
- the mesh belt 46 moves at the speed V1 during the driving operation for manufacturing the sheet S.
- the conveyance speed V1 of the mesh belt 46 and the start and stop of conveyance by the mesh belt 46 are controlled by the control device 110.
- the operation operation is an operation excluding the start control and stop control of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described later, and more specifically, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 manufactures a sheet S having a desired quality. It points to while doing. Accordingly, the defibrated material that has been defibrated by the defibrating unit 20 is sorted into the first sorted product and the second sorted product by the sorting unit 40, and the second sorted product is returned to the defibrating unit 20. Further, the removed material is removed from the first selected material by the first web forming unit 45. The remainder obtained by removing the removed material from the first selection is a material suitable for manufacturing the sheet S, and this material is deposited on the mesh belt 46 to form the first web W1.
- the suction unit 48 sucks air from below the mesh belt 46.
- the suction unit 48 is connected to the dust collection unit 27 (dust collection device) via the tube 23.
- the dust collection unit 27 separates the fine particles from the airflow.
- a collection blower 28 is installed downstream of the dust collection unit 27, and the collection blower 28 functions as a dust collection suction unit that sucks air from the dust collection unit 27. Further, the air discharged from the collection blower 28 is discharged out of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 through the pipe 29.
- the first web W1 is formed on the mesh belt 46 by depositing fibers obtained by removing the removed material from the first selected material.
- the suction of the collection blower 28 the formation of the first web W1 on the mesh belt 46 is promoted, and the removed material is quickly removed.
- Humidified air is supplied to the space including the drum unit 41 by the humidifying unit 204.
- the humidified air is humidified in the sorting unit 40 by the humidified air.
- the configuration for sorting and separating the first defibrated material and the second defibrated material is not limited to the sorting unit 40 including the drum unit 41.
- you may employ adopt the structure which classifies the defibrated material processed by the defibrating unit 20 with a classifier.
- the classifier for example, a cyclone classifier, an elbow jet classifier, or an eddy classifier can be used. If these classifiers are used, it is possible to sort and separate the first sort and the second sort.
- the above classifier can realize a configuration in which removed products including relatively small ones having a low density (resin particles, colorants, additives, etc.) among the defibrated materials are separated and removed.
- the second sorted product may be returned to the defibrating unit 20, the removed product is collected by the dust collecting unit 27, and the first sorted product excluding the removed product may be sent to the pipe 54. .
- air including mist is supplied by the humidifying unit 210 to the downstream side of the sorting unit 40.
- the mist that is fine particles of water generated by the humidifying unit 210 descends toward the first web W1 and supplies moisture to the first web W1. Thereby, the amount of moisture contained in the first web W1 is adjusted, and adsorption of fibers to the mesh belt 46 due to static electricity can be suppressed.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a rotating body 49 that divides the first web W1 deposited on the mesh belt 46.
- the first web W ⁇ b> 1 is peeled off from the mesh belt 46 at a position where the mesh belt 46 is turned back by the roller 47 and is divided by the rotating body 49.
- the first web W1 is a soft material in which fibers are accumulated to form a web shape, and the rotating body 49 loosens the fibers of the first web W1 and processes the resin in a state where the resin can be easily mixed in the mixing unit 50.
- the structure of the rotating body 49 is arbitrary, in this embodiment, it can be made into the rotating feather shape which has a plate-shaped blade
- the rotating body 49 is disposed at a position where the first web W1 peeled off from the mesh belt 46 and the blades are in contact with each other. Due to the rotation of the rotating body 49 (for example, the rotation in the direction indicated by the arrow R in the figure), the blade collides with the first web W ⁇ b> 1 that is peeled from the mesh belt 46 and is transported, and the subdivided body P is generated.
- the rotating body 49 is preferably installed at a position where the blades of the rotating body 49 do not collide with the mesh belt 46.
- the distance between the tip of the blade of the rotating body 49 and the mesh belt 46 can be set to 0.05 mm or more and 0.5 mm or less.
- the rotating body 49 causes the mesh belt 46 to be damaged without being damaged.
- One web W1 can be divided efficiently.
- the subdivided body P divided by the rotating body 49 descends inside the tube 7 and is transferred (conveyed) to the mixing unit 50 by the airflow flowing inside the tube 7. Further, humidified air is supplied to the space including the rotating body 49 by the humidifying unit 206. Thereby, the phenomenon that fibers are adsorbed by static electricity to the inside of the tube 7 and the blades of the rotating body 49 can be suppressed. In addition, since high-humidity air is supplied to the mixing unit 50 through the pipe 7, the influence of static electricity can also be suppressed in the mixing unit 50.
- the mixing unit 50 includes an additive supply unit 52 that supplies an additive containing a resin, a tube 54 that communicates with the tube 7 and through which an airflow including the subdivided body P flows, and a mixing blower 56.
- the subdivided body P is a fiber obtained by removing the removed material from the first sorted product that has passed through the sorting unit 40 as described above.
- the mixing unit 50 mixes an additive containing a resin with the fibers constituting the subdivided body P.
- the additive acts, for example, as a binder that binds the fibers.
- an air flow is generated by the mixing blower 56, and is conveyed while mixing the subdivided body P and the additive in the pipe 54.
- the subdivided body P is loosened in the process of flowing through the inside of the tube 7 and the tube 54, and becomes a finer fiber.
- an additive cartridge 501 (cartridge) for accumulating additives is detachably attached to the additive supply unit 52.
- the additive supply unit 52 supplies the additive in the additive cartridge 501 to the pipe 54.
- a configuration may be provided in which the additive cartridge 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52 is replenished with the additive. The configuration of the additive supply unit 52 will be described later with reference to FIG.
- the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501 and supplied by the additive supply unit 52 includes a resin for binding a plurality of fibers.
- the resin contained in the additive is a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin.
- AS resin AS resin, ABS resin, polypropylene, polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, acrylic resin, polyester resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyphenylene ether, poly Butylene terephthalate, nylon, polyamide, polycarbonate, polyacetal, polyphenylene sulfide, polyether ether ketone, and the like.
- These resins may be used alone or in combination. That is, the additive may contain a single substance, may be a mixture, or may contain a plurality of types of particles each composed of a single substance or a plurality of substances.
- the additive may be in the form of a fiber or powder.
- the additive contained in the additive is melted by heating and binds a plurality of fibers. Accordingly, in a state where the resin is mixed with the fibers and not heated to a temperature at which the resin melts, the fibers are not bound to each other.
- the additive supplied by the additive supply unit 52 includes a colorant for coloring the fiber, fiber aggregation, and resin aggregation depending on the type of sheet to be manufactured. It may also contain a coagulation inhibitor for suppressing odor, and a flame retardant for making the fibers difficult to burn.
- the additive which does not contain a colorant may be colorless or light enough to be considered colorless, or may be white.
- the subdivided body P descending the pipe 7 and the additive supplied by the additive supply unit 52 are sucked into the pipe 54 and pass through the inside of the mixing blower 56 due to the air flow generated by the mixing blower 56.
- the fibers constituting the subdivided body P and the additive are mixed by the action of the air flow generated by the mixing blower 56 and / or the rotating part such as the blades of the mixing blower 56, and this mixture (the first sort and the addition) is mixed. Mixture) is transferred to the deposition section 60 through the tube 54.
- the mechanism which mixes a 1st selection material and an additive is not specifically limited, It may stir with the blade
- the deposition unit 60 deposits the defibrated material that has been defibrated by the defibrating unit 20. More specifically, the depositing unit 60 introduces the mixture that has passed through the mixing unit 50 from the introduction port 62, loosens the entangled defibrated material (fibers), and lowers it while dispersing it in the air. Furthermore, when the additive resin supplied from the additive supply unit 52 is fibrous, the deposition unit 60 loosens the entangled resin. Thereby, the deposition unit 60 can deposit the mixture on the second web forming unit 70 with good uniformity.
- the accumulation unit 60 includes a drum unit 61 and a housing unit (covering unit) 63 that accommodates the drum unit 61.
- the drum unit 61 is a cylindrical sieve that is rotationally driven by a motor.
- the drum portion 61 has a net (filter, screen) and functions as a sieve. Due to the mesh, the drum portion 61 allows fibers and particles having a smaller mesh opening (opening) to pass through and lowers the drum portion 61 from the drum portion 61.
- the configuration of the drum unit 61 is the same as the configuration of the drum unit 41, for example.
- the “sieving” of the drum unit 61 may not have a function of selecting a specific object. That is, the “sieving” used as the drum part 61 means a thing provided with a net, and the drum part 61 may drop all of the mixture introduced into the drum part 61.
- a second web forming unit 70 is disposed below the drum unit 61.
- the 2nd web formation part 70 accumulates the passage thing which passed the accumulation part 60, and forms the 2nd web W2.
- the 2nd web formation part 70 has the mesh belt 72, the roller 74, and the suction mechanism 76, for example.
- the deposition unit 60 and the second web forming unit 70 correspond to a web forming unit.
- the drum portion 61 corresponds to a sieve portion
- the second web forming portion 70 (particularly, the mesh belt 72) corresponds to a deposition portion.
- the mesh belt 72 is an endless belt, is suspended on a plurality of rollers 74, and is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow V2 in the drawing by the movement of the rollers 74.
- the mesh belt 72 is made of, for example, metal, resin, cloth, or non-woven fabric.
- the surface of the mesh belt 72 is configured by a net having openings of a predetermined size. Among the fibers and particles descending from the drum unit 61, fine particles having a size that passes through the mesh drops to the lower side of the mesh belt 72, and fibers having a size that cannot pass through the mesh are deposited on the mesh belt 72. 72 is conveyed in the direction of the arrow.
- the mesh belt 72 moves at a constant speed V2. The driving operation is as described above.
- the moving speed V2 of the mesh belt 72 can be regarded as a speed at which the second web W2 is conveyed, and the speed V2 can be referred to as a conveying speed of the second web W2 in the mesh belt 72.
- the mesh of the mesh belt 72 is fine and can be sized so that most of the fibers and particles descending from the drum portion 61 are not allowed to pass through.
- the suction mechanism 76 is provided below the mesh belt 72 (on the side opposite to the accumulation unit 60 side).
- the suction mechanism 76 includes a suction blower 77, and can generate an air flow (an air flow directed from the accumulation portion 60 toward the mesh belt 72) downward to the suction mechanism 76 by the suction force of the suction blower 77.
- the mixture dispersed in the air by the deposition unit 60 is sucked onto the mesh belt 72 by the suction mechanism 76.
- formation of the 2nd web W2 on the mesh belt 72 can be accelerated
- the suction mechanism 76 can form a downflow in the dropping path of the mixture, and can prevent the defibrated material and additives from being entangled during the dropping.
- the suction blower 77 (deposition suction unit) may discharge the air sucked from the suction mechanism 76 out of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 through a collection filter (not shown). Alternatively, the air sucked by the suction blower 77 may be sent to the dust collecting unit 27 and the removed matter contained in the air sucked by the suction mechanism 76 may be collected.
- Humidified air is supplied to the space including the drum unit 61 by the humidifying unit 208.
- the humidified air can humidify the inside of the accumulation portion 60, suppress the adhesion of fibers and particles to the housing portion 63 due to electrostatic force, and quickly drop the fibers and particles onto the mesh belt 72, so Two webs W2 can be formed.
- the second web W2 containing a large amount of air and softly inflated is formed by passing through the depositing unit 60 and the second web forming unit 70 (web forming step).
- the second web W2 deposited on the mesh belt 72 is conveyed to the sheet forming unit 80.
- air containing mist is supplied by the humidifying unit 212 to the downstream side of the deposition unit 60.
- generates is supplied to the 2nd web W2, and the moisture content which the 2nd web W2 contains is adjusted.
- suction etc. of the fiber to the mesh belt 72 by static electricity can be suppressed.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is provided with a transport unit 79 that transports the second web W2 on the mesh belt 72 to the sheet forming unit 80.
- the conveyance unit 79 includes, for example, a mesh belt 79a, a roller 79b, and a suction mechanism 79c.
- the suction mechanism 79c includes an intermediate blower 318 (FIG. 3), and generates an upward airflow on the mesh belt 79a by the suction force of the intermediate blower 318. This air flow sucks the second web W2, and the second web W2 is separated from the mesh belt 72 and is adsorbed by the mesh belt 79a.
- the mesh belt 79a moves by the rotation of the roller 79b, and conveys the second web W2 to the sheet forming unit 80.
- the conveyance unit 79 peels and conveys the second web W2 formed on the mesh belt 72 from the mesh belt 72.
- the sheet forming unit 80 forms the sheet S from the deposit accumulated in the accumulation unit 60. More specifically, the sheet forming unit 80 forms the sheet S by pressurizing and heating the second web W2 (deposit) deposited on the mesh belt 72 and conveyed by the conveying unit 79. In the sheet forming unit 80, the fibers of the defibrated material included in the second web W2 and the additive are heated to bind the plurality of fibers in the mixture to each other via the additive (resin). .
- the sheet forming unit 80 corresponds to a sheet forming unit and a maximum load conveying unit.
- the sheet forming unit 80 includes a pressurizing unit 82 that pressurizes the second web W2 and a heating unit 84 that heats the second web W2 pressurized by the pressurizing unit 82.
- the pressure unit 82 includes a pair of calendar rollers 85 (pressure rollers), and presses the second web W2 with a predetermined nip pressure.
- the second web W2 is reduced in thickness by being pressurized, and the density of the second web W2 is increased.
- One of the pair of calendar rollers 85 is a driving roller driven by a pressurizing unit driving motor 335 (FIG. 3), and the other is a driven roller.
- the calendar roller 85 is rotated by the driving force of the pressurizing unit driving motor 335 and conveys the second web W ⁇ b> 2 having a high density due to pressurization toward the heating unit 84.
- the heating unit 84 can be configured using, for example, a heating roller (heater roller), a hot press molding machine, a hot plate, a hot air blower, an infrared heater, and a flash heater.
- the heating unit 84 includes a pair of heating rollers 86.
- the heating roller 86 is heated to a preset temperature by a heater installed inside or outside.
- One of the pair of heating rollers 86 is a driving roller driven by a heating unit driving motor 337 (FIG. 3), and the other is a driven roller.
- the heating roller 86 heats the sheet S pressed by the calendar roller 85 to form the sheet S.
- the heating roller 86 is rotated by the driving force of the heating unit driving motor 337 and conveys the sheet S toward the cutting unit 90.
- the number of the calender rollers 85 included in the pressing unit 82 and the number of the heating rollers 86 included in the heating unit 84 are not particularly limited.
- the boundary between the second web W2 and the sheet S is arbitrary.
- the sheet forming unit 80 that processes the second web W ⁇ b> 2 and forms it on the sheet S
- the second web W ⁇ b> 2 is pressed by the pressing unit 82, and the second web pressed by the pressing unit 82 is used.
- the sheet heated by the heating unit 84 is called a sheet S.
- a sheet in which fibers are bound by an additive is referred to as a sheet S.
- the sheet S is conveyed to the cutting unit 90.
- the cutting unit 90 cuts the sheet S formed by the sheet forming unit 80.
- the cutting unit 90 cuts the sheet S in a direction parallel to the conveyance direction F, and a first cutting unit 92 that cuts the sheet S in a direction that intersects the conveyance direction (F in the drawing) of the sheet S.
- a second cutting portion 94 The second cutting unit 94 cuts the sheet S that has passed through the first cutting unit 92, for example.
- a single-sheet sheet S having a predetermined size is formed.
- the cut sheet S is discharged to the discharge unit 97.
- the discharge unit 97 includes a plurality of discharge trays 902 on which sheets S of a predetermined size cut by the cutting unit 90 are placed, and a discharge switching unit 903 that switches the discharge trays 902.
- Each of the discharge trays 902 accumulates sheets S.
- the discharge switching unit 903 selects any one of the plurality of discharge trays 902 and conveys the sheet S cut and discharged by the cutting unit 90 to the selected discharge tray 902.
- the discharge switching unit 903 includes a transport unit (not shown) including transport rollers and guides that transport the sheet S to each discharge tray 902, and an actuator (not shown) that switches the operation of the transport unit. .
- the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 may be configured by a single vaporizing humidifier.
- the humidified air generated by one humidifier may be branched and supplied to the crushing unit 12, the housing unit 43, the pipe 7, and the housing unit 63.
- This configuration can be easily realized by branching and installing a duct (not shown) for supplying humidified air.
- the humidifying sections 202, 204, 206, and 208 can be configured by two or three vaporizing humidifiers.
- the humidifying units 210 and 212 may be configured by one ultrasonic humidifier or may be configured by two ultrasonic humidifiers.
- generates can be set as the structure branched and supplied to the humidification part 210 and the humidification part 212.
- blowers included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described above are not limited to the defibrating unit blower 26, the collection blower 28, the mixing blower 56, the suction blower 77, and the intermediate blower 318.
- the crushing unit 12 first crushes the raw material and manufactures the sheet S from the raw material that has been crushed.
- a configuration in which the sheet S is manufactured using fibers as the raw material It is also possible to do.
- the structure which can be thrown into the drum part 41 by using the fiber equivalent to the defibrated material which the defibrating part 20 defibrated may be sufficient.
- what is necessary is just to set it as the structure which can be thrown into the pipe
- the sheet S can be manufactured by supplying fibers processed from waste paper or pulp to the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the additive supply unit 52.
- the additive supply unit 52 includes an additive cartridge 501 as an additive storage unit that stores an additive containing a resin.
- the additive cartridge 501 is formed in a box shape having a hollow inside, and is mounted on the upper part of the discharge part 52 a of the additive supply part 52. With the additive cartridge 501 mounted, the discharge part 52a communicates with the internal space of the additive cartridge 501, and the additive inside the additive cartridge 501 flows down to the discharge part 52a.
- the discharge part 52a is connected to the pipe 54 via the supply pipe 52c, and the additive flows from the discharge part 52a to the pipe 54.
- a supply adjustment unit 52b is disposed between the discharge unit 52a and the supply pipe 52c.
- the supply adjustment unit 52b is a mechanism that adjusts the amount of the additive flowing into the supply pipe 52c from the discharge unit 52a.
- the supply adjustment unit 52b has a shutter (not shown) that stops the inflow of the additive from the discharge unit 52a to the supply pipe 52c, and a screw feeder that sends the additive from the discharge unit 52a to the supply pipe 52c with the shutter open ( (Not shown) or the like.
- the supply adjustment unit 52b may include a mechanism for adjusting the opening of the shutter.
- a plurality of additive cartridges 501 can be attached to the additive supply unit 52, and a discharge unit 52a, a supply adjustment unit 52b, and a supply pipe 52c are provided corresponding to each additive cartridge 501.
- seven additive cartridges 501 can be attached to the additive supply unit 52.
- the kind of additive contained in each additive cartridge 501 is arbitrary. For example, by attaching an additive cartridge 501 that contains additives of different colors, yellow additive, magenta additive, and cyan additive can be supplied to the tube 54 from the additive supply unit 52, respectively. Further, an additive cartridge 501 containing a white additive, a colorless (plain) additive, or the like may be attached, or an additive cartridge 501 containing an additive of another color may be attached.
- the additive supply unit 52 can supply the additive from one or more additive cartridges 501 among the plurality of additive cartridges 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52.
- the control device 110 controls the additive supply unit 52 to supply the additive from the additive cartridge 501 containing the yellow additive and the additive cartridge 501 containing the cyan additive.
- a green sheet S can be manufactured.
- FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the control device 110 included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a main processor 111 that controls each unit of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the control device 110 includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 112 and a RAM (Random Access Memory) 113 connected to the main processor 111.
- the main processor 111 is an arithmetic processing unit such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit), and controls each part of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 by executing a basic control program stored in the ROM 112.
- the main processor 111 may be configured as a system chip including peripheral circuits such as the ROM 112 and the RAM 113 and other IP cores.
- the ROM 112 stores a program executed by the main processor 111 in a nonvolatile manner.
- the RAM 113 forms a work area used by the main processor 111 and temporarily stores programs executed by the main processor 111 and data to be processed.
- the nonvolatile storage unit 120 stores a program executed by the main processor 111 and data processed by the main processor 111.
- the nonvolatile storage unit 120 stores, for example, setting data 121 and display data 122.
- the setting data 121 includes data for setting the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the setting data 121 includes data such as characteristics of various sensors included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and threshold values used in processing in which the main processor 111 detects an abnormality based on detection values of the various sensors.
- the display data 122 is screen data that the main processor 111 displays on the display panel 116.
- the display data 122 may be fixed image data, or data for setting a screen display for displaying data generated or acquired by the main processor 111.
- the display panel 116 is a display panel such as a liquid crystal display, and is installed, for example, in front of a housing (main body) (not shown) of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the display panel 116 displays the operation state of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, various setting values, warning display, and the like according to the control of the main processor 111.
- Touch sensor 117 detects a touch (contact) operation or a press operation.
- the touch sensor 117 is composed of, for example, a pressure sensing type or capacitance type sensor having a transparent electrode, and is arranged on the display surface of the display panel 116.
- the touch sensor 117 detects an operation, the touch sensor 117 outputs operation data including the operation position and the number of operation positions to the main processor 111.
- the main processor 111 detects an operation on the display panel 116 based on the output of the touch sensor 117 and acquires an operation position.
- the main processor 111 implements a GUI (Graphical User Interface) operation based on the operation position detected by the touch sensor 117 and the display data 122 being displayed on the display panel 116.
- GUI Graphic User Interface
- the control device 110 is connected to a sensor installed in each part of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 via a sensor I / F (Interface) 114.
- the sensor I / F 114 is an interface that acquires a detection value output from the sensor and inputs the detection value to the main processor 111.
- the sensor I / F 114 may include an A / D (Analog / Digital) converter that converts an analog signal output from the sensor into digital data.
- the sensor I / F 114 may supply a drive current to each sensor.
- the sensor I / F 114 may include a circuit that acquires the output value of each sensor according to the sampling frequency specified by the main processor 111 and outputs the acquired value to the main processor 111.
- the sensor I / F 114 is connected to a used paper remaining amount sensor 301, an additive remaining amount sensor 302, a paper discharge sensor 303, a water amount sensor 304, an air amount sensor 306, an air speed sensor 307, and a temperature sensor 309.
- the used paper remaining amount sensor 301 is a sensor that detects the remaining amount of used paper (raw material) accumulated in each stacker 11 of the supply unit 10.
- the control device 110 can detect the presence or remaining amount of used paper stored in each stacker 11 based on the detection value of the used paper remaining amount sensor 301.
- the additive remaining amount sensor 302 is a sensor that detects the remaining amount of additive that can be supplied from the additive supply unit 52, and can detect the remaining amount of additive contained in each of the plurality of additive cartridges 501. It may be a configuration.
- the control device 110 can determine the remaining amount of the additive in each additive cartridge 501 based on the detection value of the additive remaining amount sensor 302, or determines whether the remaining amount of the additive is equal to or greater than a threshold value. can do.
- the paper discharge sensor 303 detects the amount of sheets S accumulated in each discharge tray 902 included in the discharge unit 97.
- the control device 110 can make a notification when it is determined that the amount of sheets S accumulated in any one of the discharge trays 902 is greater than or equal to a set value based on the detection value of the discharge sensor 303.
- the discharge switching unit 903 may detect that this switching has actually been performed.
- the discharge switching unit 903 may detect the amount of the sheet S in all the discharge trays 902 included in the discharge unit 97, or may detect the amount of the sheet S in any one or more discharge trays 902. Good.
- the water amount sensor 304 is a sensor that detects the amount of water in a water supply tank (not shown) built in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the control device 110 performs notification when the amount of water detected by the water amount sensor 304 falls below a set value.
- the water amount sensor 304 may be configured to detect the remaining amount of a tank (not shown) of the vaporizing humidifier 343 and / or the mist humidifier 347.
- the air volume sensor 306 detects the air volume of the air flowing inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the wind speed sensor 307 detects the wind speed of the air flowing inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the control device 110 can determine the state of airflow (material conveying airflow) inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 based on the detection values of the air volume sensor 306 and the wind speed sensor 307. Based on the determination result, the control device 110 can control the rotational speed of the defibrating unit blower 26, the mixing blower 56, and the like, and appropriately maintain the airflow state inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the temperature sensor 309 is a sensor that detects the temperature of the heating roller 86 included in the heating unit 84. Based on the detection value of the temperature sensor 309, the control device 110 detects the temperature of the heating roller 86, that is, the heating temperature at which the second web W2 is heated by the heating roller 86.
- the control device 110 is connected to each drive unit included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 via a drive unit I / F (Interface) 115.
- the drive unit I / F 115 is connected to a motor, a pump, a heater, and the like included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. These are collectively referred to as a drive unit, and in particular, a component that causes physical displacement such as a motor may be referred to as a drive unit, and other heaters may be referred to as operation units.
- the drive unit includes a drive unit and an operation unit that are connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and perform functions under the control of the control device 110.
- the driving unit I / F 115 may be connected to each of the above-described driving units via a driving IC (Integrated Circuit).
- the drive IC is, for example, a circuit that supplies a drive current to the drive unit under the control of the main processor 111, and includes a power semiconductor element or the like.
- the drive IC can be an inverter circuit or a drive circuit that drives a stepping motor, and the specific configuration and specifications may be appropriately selected according to the drive unit to be connected.
- the crushing unit drive motor 311 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and rotates a cutting blade (not shown) that cuts used paper as a raw material under the control of the control device 110.
- the defibrating unit drive motor 313 is connected to the driving unit I / F 115 and rotates a rotor (not shown) included in the defibrating unit 20 in accordance with control of the control device 110.
- the paper feed motor 315 is attached to the supply unit 10 and supplies used paper from one of the stackers 11 to the crushing unit 12 under the control of the control device 110.
- the paper feed motor 315 is selectively coupled to a roller (not shown) that is provided in each stacker 11 and feeds used paper from the stacker 11 to drive the roller.
- the paper feed motor 315 is engaged with any of the rollers of the stacker 11 and drives the rollers to supply used paper to the crushing unit 12.
- the additive supply motor 317 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115, and drives a screw feeder (not shown) that feeds the additive in the supply adjustment unit 52b according to the control of the control device 110.
- the additive supply motor 317 may open and close the shutter of the supply adjustment unit 52b.
- the defibrating unit blower 26 is connected to the driving unit I / F 115.
- a mixing blower 56, a suction blower 77, an intermediate blower 318, and a collection blower 28 are connected to the drive unit I / F 115 to the drive unit I / F 115.
- the controller 110 can control the start and stop of the defibrating unit blower 26, the mixing blower 56, the suction blower 77, the intermediate blower 318, and the collection blower 28.
- the intermediate blower 318 is a blower that performs suction from the suction mechanism 79 c of the transport unit 79.
- the control device 110 may be configured to be able to control the start / stop of suction by each of these blowers, and to be able to control the rotation speed of each blower.
- the driving unit I / F 115 includes a drum driving motor 325, a belt driving motor 327, a dividing unit driving motor 329, a drum driving motor 331, a belt driving motor 333, a pressurizing unit driving motor 335, and a heating unit driving motor 337. Is connected.
- the drum drive motor 325 is a motor that rotates the drum unit 41.
- the belt drive motor 327 is a motor that operates the mesh belt 46 of the first web forming unit 45.
- the dividing portion drive motor 329 is a motor that rotates the rotating body 49.
- the drum drive motor 331 is a motor that rotates the drum unit 61.
- the belt drive motor 333 is a motor that drives the mesh belt 72.
- the pressurizing unit driving motor 335 is a motor that drives the calendar roller 85 of the pressurizing unit 82.
- the heating unit driving motor 337 is a motor that drives the heating roller 86 of the heating unit 84.
- the control device 110 controls ON / OFF of each of these motors. Further, the control device 110 may be configured to be able to control the rotation speed of each motor.
- the heater 339 is a heater that heats the heating roller 86.
- the heater 339 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115, and the control device 110 controls ON / OFF of the heater 339. Further, the heater 339 may be configured to switch the output, and the control device 110 may be configured to control the output of the heater 339.
- the roller moving unit 341 operates a displacement mechanism (not shown) provided in the heating unit 84 to displace the pair of heating rollers 86 to the first position where the nip is released and to the second position where the nip is released.
- the roller moving unit 341 is connected to the control device 110 via the drive unit I / F 115, and the control device 110 controls the roller moving unit 341 to switch between the first position and the second position of the heating unit 84.
- a pair of heating roller 86 should just pinch
- the vaporizing humidifier 343 is a device that includes a tank (not shown) that stores water and a filter (not shown) that is infiltrated into the water of the tank, and blows and humidifies the filter.
- the vaporizing humidifier 343 has a fan (not shown) connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and turns on / off the air to the filter according to the control of the control device 110.
- humidified air is supplied from the vaporizing humidifier 343 to the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208.
- the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 supply humidified air supplied from the vaporizing humidifier 343 to the crushing unit 12, the sorting unit 40, the pipe 54, and the deposition unit 60.
- the vaporizing humidifier 343 may include a plurality of vaporizing humidifiers.
- the installation location of each vaporizing humidifier may be any of the crushing unit 12, the sorting unit 40, the pipe 54, and the deposition unit 60.
- the vaporizing humidifier 343 includes a humidifying heater 345 that heats the air blown to the filter by the fan.
- the humidifying heater 345 is connected to the driving unit I / F 115 separately from a fan (not shown) provided in the vaporizing humidifier 343.
- the control device 110 controls ON / OFF of the fan included in the vaporizing humidifier 343 and controls ON / OFF of the humidifying heater 345 independently of the control of the vaporizing humidifier 343.
- the vaporizing humidifier 343 corresponds to the humidifier of the present invention, and the humidifying heater 345 corresponds to a heat source.
- the mist type humidifier 347 includes a tank (not shown) for storing water, and a vibration unit (not shown) that generates vibration of the water in the tank to generate mist-like water droplets (mist).
- the mist type humidifier 347 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and turns the vibration unit ON / OFF according to the control of the control unit 150.
- air containing mist is supplied from the mist type humidifier 347 to the humidifying units 210 and 212. Accordingly, the humidifying units 210 and 212 supply air including the mist supplied from the mist type humidifier 347 to each of the first web W1 and the second web W2.
- the water supply pump 349 is a pump that sucks water from the outside of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and takes the water into a tank (not shown) provided inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. For example, when starting the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, an operator who operates the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 puts water in a water supply tank and sets it. The sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 operates the water supply pump 349 to take water from the water supply tank into the tank inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. Further, the water supply pump 349 may supply water from the tank of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to the vaporizing humidifier 343 and the mist humidifier 347.
- the cutting unit drive motor 351 is a motor that drives the first cutting unit 92 and the second cutting unit 94 of the cutting unit 90.
- the cutting unit drive motor 351 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115.
- the discharge switching unit 353 arrives at a mechanism unit that switches and selects the discharge tray 902 that is the conveyance destination of the sheet S in the discharge switching unit 903.
- the discharge switching unit 353 is configured by a drive unit such as a motor or an actuator that switches a conveyance path for conveying the sheet S.
- the discharge switching unit 353 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and operates according to the control of the control device 110 to switch the discharge tray 902 that accumulates the sheets S.
- an IC reading unit 119 is connected to the control device 110.
- the IC reading unit 119 reads data from the IC 521 provided in each of the additive cartridges 501 (FIG. 2) attached to the additive supply unit 52.
- the IC 521 is attached to each of the additive cartridges 501.
- the IC 521 is an IC chip having a storage area for storing data, and stores data relating to the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501.
- the IC 521 may be a contact type IC chip, or a non-contact type IC chip (for example, RFID (Radio Frequency IDentifier)). It may include codes corresponding to these data, including the color, nature, suitable heating temperature, etc. of the contained additive, etc.
- the IC 521 has at least temperature data (the heating temperature of the additive ( (Heating temperature information) is stored.
- the IC reading unit 119 is a device that reads data stored in the IC 521 and can be, for example, a contact type or non-contact type IC reader / writer.
- a plurality of IC reading units 119 may be installed corresponding to the number of additive cartridges 501 that can be mounted in the additive supply unit 52.
- the IC reading unit 119 reads data from each of the plurality of ICs 521 mounted on each additive cartridge 501 under the control of the control device 110, and outputs the read data to the control device 110.
- FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and shows functional configurations of the storage unit 140 and the control unit 150.
- the storage unit 140 is a logical storage unit configured by the nonvolatile storage unit 120 (FIG. 3).
- control unit 150 and various functional units included in the control unit 150 are formed by the cooperation of software and hardware when the main processor 111 executes a program. Examples of the hardware configuring these functional units include the main processor 111 and the nonvolatile storage unit 120.
- the storage unit 140 stores the setting data 121 and the display data 122 described above.
- the control unit 150 has functions of an operating system (OS) 151, a display control unit 152, an operation detection unit 153, a detection control unit 154, a data acquisition unit 155, a drive control unit 156, and a heating control unit 157.
- OS operating system
- the control unit 150 has functions of an operating system (OS) 151, a display control unit 152, an operation detection unit 153, a detection control unit 154, a data acquisition unit 155, a drive control unit 156, and a heating control unit 157.
- OS operating system
- the function of the operating system 151 is a function of a control program stored in the storage unit 140, and each part of the other control unit 150 is a function of an application program executed on the operating system 151.
- the display control unit 152 displays an image on the display panel 116 based on the display data 122.
- the operation detection unit 153 determines the content of the GUI operation corresponding to the detected operation position.
- the detection control unit 154 acquires detection values of various sensors connected to the sensor I / F 114. In addition, the detection control unit 154 determines the detection value of the sensor connected to the sensor I / F 114 by comparing it with a preset threshold value (setting value). When the determination result corresponds to a condition for performing notification, the detection control unit 154 outputs the notification content to the display control unit 152 and causes the display control unit 152 to perform notification using an image or text.
- the data acquisition unit 155 reads data from the IC 521 by the IC reading unit 119.
- the drive control unit 156 controls start (start) and stop of each drive unit connected via the drive unit I / F 115. Further, the drive control unit 156 may be configured to control the rotational speed of the defibrating unit blower 26, the mixing blower 56, and the like.
- the heating control unit 157 controls the temperature at which the second web W2 is heated by the heating roller 86 of the heating unit 84.
- the heating control unit 157 sets the heating temperature by the heating unit 84.
- the temperature set by the heating control unit 157 can be referred to as a target temperature that is a control target.
- the heating control unit 157 acquires the detection value of the temperature sensor 309 and controls the heater 339 so that the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 becomes the set target temperature.
- the accuracy of temperature control performed by the heating control unit 157 may be as long as the quality of the sheet S can be satisfied.
- the heating control unit 157 switches the temperature of the heating roller 86 within a predetermined temperature range including the set target temperature by switching ON / OFF of the heater 339 and / or output control of the heater 339. maintain.
- the size of the predetermined temperature range and the difference from the target temperature are set as appropriate.
- the setting method and conditions for the predetermined temperature range with respect to the target temperature may be included in the setting data 121 and stored in the storage unit 140, and the heating control unit 157 may perform control according to this setting. Further, the heating control unit 157 may control ON / OFF of the humidifying heater 345.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed by the display panel 116, and shows an operation screen 160 for a user (operator) operating the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to perform an operation.
- the operation screen 160 of FIG. 5 is displayed on the display panel 116 after the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is turned on, and continues while the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 manufactures the sheet S or in a standby state to be described later. May be displayed.
- the operation screen 160 includes an operation instruction unit 161, a cartridge information display unit 162, a sheet setting unit 163, and a notification unit 164.
- the operation instruction unit 161 and the sheet setting unit 163 constitute a GUI for a user to perform an operation.
- the touch sensor 117 By displaying the operation screen 160 on the display panel 116, the touch sensor 117 constitutes a reception unit together with the operation detection unit 153 (FIG. 4).
- the operation instruction unit 161 includes a start instruction button 161a that functions as a button (operation unit) for instructing the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, a stop instruction button 161b, an interruption instruction button 161c, and a standby instruction button 161d.
- the sheet setting unit 163 includes a color setting unit 163a, a thickness setting unit 163b, and a raw material setting unit 163c that function as buttons (operation units) for instructing conditions of the sheet S manufactured by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the operation units arranged in the operation instruction unit 161 and the sheet setting unit 163 may be installed in the casing of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 as physical buttons.
- each operation unit is provided as a GUI (icon) using the display panel 116 and the touch sensor 117.
- the color setting unit 163a is an operation unit for designating the color of the sheet S.
- the color of the sheet S can be selected from a plurality of preset colors by a pull-down menu.
- the control unit 150 acquires the color selected by the operation of the color setting unit 163a by the operation detection unit 153.
- the drive control unit 156 uses the type of additive to be used and a plurality of types of additives among the additives in the additive cartridge 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52 corresponding to the selected color. The proportion of each additive is determined.
- the drive control unit 156 determines the amount of additive to be supplied from each additive cartridge 501 based on the type of additive to be used and the ratio of each additive when a plurality of types of additives are used.
- the additive supply motor 317 is controlled based on the determined amount.
- the thickness setting unit 163b is an operation unit for designating the thickness of the sheet S.
- the thickness of the sheet S can be selected from a plurality of preset thicknesses by a pull-down menu.
- the control unit 150 obtains the thickness selected by the operation of the thickness setting unit 163b by the operation detection unit 153.
- the drive control unit 156 corresponds to the selected thickness, the thickness of the second web W2 deposited on the mesh belt 72 in the deposition unit 60, and / or the load applied to the second web W2 by the pressurization unit 82, and the like. Determine the conditions.
- the drive control unit 156 controls the rotation speed of the drum drive motor 331, the rotation speed of the belt drive motor 333, the operation condition of the pressure unit drive motor 335, and the like according to the determined conditions.
- the raw material setting unit 163c is an operation unit for designating a raw material used for manufacturing the sheet S.
- the type of the material of the sheet S can be selected from a plurality of preset types by a pull-down menu.
- the raw materials that can be selected by the raw material setting unit 163 c are raw materials that the supply unit 10 stores in the stacker 11. That is, the selection in the raw material setting unit 163 c corresponds to the selection of the stacker 11 that feeds out the raw material in the supply unit 10.
- the control unit 150 acquires the raw material selected by the operation detection unit 153 by operating the raw material setting unit 163c.
- the drive control unit 156 selects the stacker 11 that stores the selected raw material, and controls the paper feed motor 315 so that the raw material is supplied from the selected stacker 11.
- the sheet setting unit 163 may include a button for specifying the number of sheets S to be manufactured and a button for specifying the size (size) of the sheet S.
- a button for designating a condition related to S may be arranged.
- the start instruction button 161a is a button for instructing the start of manufacturing the sheet S.
- the start instruction button 161 a is operated after a condition related to the sheet S is designated by an operation of the sheet setting unit 163, and instructs the start of manufacture of the sheet S based on the designated condition.
- a default specified value is provided in advance, and when the start instruction button 161a is operated in a state where the sheet setting unit 163 is not operated, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 sets the default specified value. Based on this, the production of the sheet S may be started.
- the stop instruction button 161b is a button for instructing to stop the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the casing of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 may be provided with a power switch (not shown) for turning on / off the power of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 separately from the display panel 116.
- the stop instruction button 161b functions as a button for instructing to stop the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the stop instruction button 161b may be configured to instruct power-off of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 using the stop instruction button 161b.
- the interruption instruction button 161c temporarily stops the production of the sheet S while the sheet production apparatus 100 is producing the sheet S.
- the interruption instruction button 161c is operated and the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 stops manufacturing the sheet S, the condition relating to the sheet S set by the sheet setting unit 163 is held.
- the control unit 150 starts (restarts) production of the sheet S according to the same conditions as before the interruption instruction button 161c is operated by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the standby instruction button 161d is a button for instructing a shift to a standby state to be described later in a state where the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is not manufacturing the sheet S, that is, in a stopped state.
- a series of operations for manufacturing the sheet S by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is referred to as a “job”.
- the job refers to an operation of manufacturing the sheet S having a condition designated by an operation of the sheet setting unit 163 or a default value. Specifically, from the start of the operation in response to the operation of the start instruction button 161a until the completion of the production of the number of sheets S designated by the operation of the sheet setting unit 163, or the operation of the stop instruction button 161b The operation up to stopping by is called a job. When the number of sheets S to be manufactured is designated, the end of the job is clearly specified.
- the stop instruction button 161b When the stop instruction button 161b is operated without specifying the number of sheets S, or when the stop instruction button 161b is operated before the manufacture of the specified number of sheets S is completed, there is no setting in advance.
- the job ends.
- the interruption instruction button 161c When the interruption instruction button 161c is operated, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 interrupts the job but does not end it. For this reason, when the start instruction button 161a is operated after the manufacture of the sheet S is stopped in accordance with the operation of the interruption instruction button 161c, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 resumes the manufacture of the sheet S, specifically, the interruption.
- the sheet S is manufactured under the same conditions as before the operation of the instruction button 161c. That is, the interruption instruction button 161c temporarily stops the job, but the job continues if the start instruction button 161a is operated thereafter.
- the cartridge information display unit 162 is a display unit that displays information about the additive cartridge 501 mounted (set) in the additive supply unit 52.
- the cartridge information display unit 162 displays an image simulating the additive cartridge 501 corresponding to the number of additive cartridges 501 that can be attached to the additive supply unit 52.
- information indicating the color of the additive and the remaining amount of the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501 is displayed as text or an image corresponding to each image of the additive cartridge 501. .
- an image corresponding to the additive cartridge 501 that is not attached is displayed as a blank.
- the notification unit 164 is a display area in which the content notified to the user is displayed as text or an image.
- the notification unit 164 displays, for example, a message requesting replacement of the additive cartridge 501.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of data read from the IC by the IC reading unit 119, and particularly shows an example of temperature data of the additive.
- the additive cartridge 501 is distinguished by the color of the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501.
- temperature data “Th11” is acquired from the IC 521 of the yellow (YELLOW in the drawing) additive cartridge 501.
- “Th12” is acquired from the IC 521 of the magenta additive cartridge 501
- “Th13” is acquired from the IC 521 of the cyan additive cartridge 501.
- Th14 is acquired from the IC 521 of the white (WHITE) additive cartridge 501
- “Th15” is acquired from the IC 521 of the plain (PLAIN) additive cartridge 501.
- Th11, Th12, Th13, Th14, and Th15 are numerical values and codes indicating specific temperatures or temperature ranges, respectively. These temperatures are temperatures set in the heating unit 84 so that the resin contained in each additive is melted in an appropriate state, the fibers are bonded with a preferable strength, and good color development is obtained.
- the control unit 150 specifies the additive used for manufacturing the sheet S, and then, based on the temperature data read from the IC 521 of the additive cartridge 501 containing the specified additive, A heating temperature of 84 is set.
- the 2nd web W2 can be heated in suitable temperature in the heating part 84, and the high quality sheet
- the specific temperature of Th11 to Th15 varies depending on the specific properties of the additive, the additive is not practically melted at a temperature close to room temperature, and thus is higher than the so-called room temperature. For example, it is not uncommon for the temperature to exceed 100 degrees Celsius.
- the drive control unit 156 of the control unit 150 uses an additive to be used from among the additive cartridges 501 attached to the additive supply unit 52 based on the contents input on the operation screen 160 (FIG. 5).
- the cartridge 501 is specified. Specifically, based on the color specified by the operation of the color setting unit 163a of the sheet setting unit 163 and the type of raw material specified by the operation of the raw material setting unit 163c, the type (for example, color) of the additive to be used is selected. Identify and identify an additive cartridge 501 containing the identified type of additive. Further, the drive control unit 156 obtains the amount of additive per unit time supplied from the specified additive cartridge 501 and sets conditions for operating the additive supply motor 317.
- the drive control unit 156 acquires the temperature data read from the IC 521 by the data acquisition unit 155, and acquires the temperature data of the additive cartridge 501 to be used.
- the reading of the temperature data from the IC 521 can be performed, for example, when the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is turned on, or when the additive cartridge 501 is replaced or mounted.
- the data acquisition unit 155 detects the presence or absence of the IC 521 by the IC reading unit 119 and reads data from the detected IC 521.
- the IC reading unit 119 reads data from the detected IC 521.
- the data acquisition unit 155 temporarily stores the read data in the storage unit 140 (or RAM 113) or the like in association with identification information for identifying the IC 521.
- the identification information of the IC 521 is, for example, an ID unique to the IC 521, is information stored in the storage area of the IC 521, and can be read by the IC reading unit 119 together with various data such as temperature data.
- the drive control unit 156 can acquire temperature data corresponding to the additive cartridge 501 designated or selected based on the input of the operation screen 160 from the data acquired by the data acquisition unit 155 and temporarily stored. Further, the data acquisition unit 155 may read temperature data by the IC reading unit 119 at any time under the control of the drive control unit 156.
- the heating control unit 157 determines a setting value of the heating temperature in the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data.
- the heating temperature is a target temperature of the heating roller 86 in the first state in which the sheet S is manufactured.
- the heating control unit 157 temporarily stores the determined heating temperature in the storage unit 140 (or the RAM 113) or the like as the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102.
- the heating control unit 157 acquires temperature data corresponding to each additive, and sets the heating temperature based on the acquired plurality of temperature data. decide. For example, the heating control unit 157 determines the highest temperature among the acquired plurality of temperature data as the heating temperature. As an example, a case is assumed in which the relationship shown in the following formula (1) is established in the temperature data of each additive shown in FIG. Th11 ⁇ Th12 ⁇ Th13 ⁇ Th14 ⁇ Th15 (1)
- the heating control unit 157 acquires the temperature data Th11 and the temperature data Th13, and the heating temperature based on the temperature data Th13 which is the higher temperature among them. To decide. In this method, when a plurality of types of additives are used, heating is performed in accordance with an additive that requires heating at a higher temperature, so that all the additives are heated to a necessary temperature or higher. For this reason, the quality degradation of the sheet S due to insufficient heating can be prevented. Further, the heating control unit 157 may determine the heating temperature based on a plurality of temperature data, reflecting the ratio of the usage amount of the plurality of types of additives to be used.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 can start manufacturing the sheet S by the user operating the operation screen 160, and can receive an input regarding the sheet S through the operation screen 160 during the operation of manufacturing the sheet S.
- the input on the operation screen 160 can be accepted before the job is completed.
- the input received here includes input related to the color, thickness, and raw material of the sheet S by the sheet setting unit 163.
- the control unit 150 changes to the condition corresponding to the new input. I do.
- control unit 150 can change the heating temperature of the heating unit 84.
- control unit 150 changes the operation condition without stopping the execution of the job, which is the operation in which the manufacturing unit 102 manufactures the sheet S.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation state of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- the supply unit indicates the supply unit 10, for example, the state of the paper feed motor 315.
- the crushing unit indicates the crushing unit 12, for example, the state of the crushing unit driving motor 311.
- the defibrating unit refers to the defibrating unit 20, and specifically refers to the state of the defibrating unit drive motor 313, but may include the operating state of the defibrating unit 20 including the state of the defibrating unit blower 26.
- the selection unit indicates the selection unit 40, specifically, the state of the drum drive motor.
- the first web forming unit indicates the first web forming unit 45 and specifically indicates the state of the belt drive motor 327, but may include the operation state of the first web forming unit 45 including the state of the collection blower 28.
- the rotator indicates the rotation state of the dividing portion drive motor 329 that drives the rotator 49.
- the mixing unit indicates the state of the mixing unit 50, specifically, the operating state of the additive supply motor 317 and the mixing blower 56 that drive the additive supply unit 52.
- the accumulation unit refers to the accumulation unit 60, and specifically refers to the operation state of the drum drive motor 331 that moves the drum unit 61.
- the second web forming unit refers to the second web forming unit 70, specifically the operation state of the belt drive motor 333, but may be the operation state of the second web forming unit 70 including the suction blower 77.
- the pressurizing unit refers to the pressurizing unit 82, and specifically refers to the operating state of the pressurizing unit driving motor 335, but may include the state of the load applied by the pressurizing unit 82.
- the heating unit refers to the heating unit 84, and specifically refers to the operating state of the heating unit drive motor 337 and the state of the heater 339, respectively.
- the cutting unit refers to the cutting unit 90, and specifically refers to the operation state of the cutting unit drive motor 351, but may include the operation state of a conveyance unit (not shown) that conveys the sheet S in the cutting unit 90.
- the discharge unit indicates an operation state of a conveyance unit (not shown) that conveys the sheet S to the discharge unit 97.
- the humidifying heater refers to the state of the humidifying heater 345.
- FIG. 7 is not limited to the energized state of each drive unit, but shows a control state in which the control unit 150 drives each unit.
- ON / OFF for heating of the heating unit 84 indicates whether the control for the heating by the heater 339 is being performed by the control unit 150 rather than ON / OFF of the energization to the heater 339. For this reason, even if there is a moment when the heater 339 is not actually energized, the operation state is ON while the control unit 150 performs control for heating by the heater 339. The same applies to other drive units.
- a state in which the manufacturing unit 102 manufactures the sheet S at the heating temperature T1 is indicated as “continuous operation (temperature T1)”, and a state in which the sheet S is manufactured at the heating temperature T2 is “continuous”. "During operation (temperature T2)”. Further, the operation state during the change of the heating temperature from the temperature T1 to the temperature T2 is indicated as “at the time of temperature change”. As shown in FIG. 7, not only “at the time of continuous operation (temperature T1)” and “at the time of continuous operation (temperature T2)” but also “at the time of temperature change”, each drive unit of the manufacturing unit 102 is maintained ON.
- the manufacturing unit 102 supplies additives to the raw material supplied by the supply unit 10, the defibrated material defibrated by the defibrating unit 20, the first web W ⁇ b> 1, the subdivided body P, and the subdivided body P when “temperature change”.
- the conveyance of the mixture in which the additive is mixed in the unit 52, the second web W2, and the sheet S is continuously executed.
- the manufacturing unit 102 continuously performs the processing for these even when “temperature change”.
- FIG. 8 is a timing chart showing an operation example of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, and particularly shows a change in the temperature of the heating roller 86.
- the vertical axis in FIG. 8 indicates the temperature of the heating roller 86. This temperature is a temperature detected by the temperature sensor 309, for example.
- the horizontal axis shows the passage of time.
- the temperature T1 on the vertical axis is a temperature suitable for manufacturing the sheet S, and is a target temperature set by the heating control unit 157 according to the conditions of the sheet S to be manufactured.
- the temperature T2 is a temperature set by the heating control unit 157 as a target temperature for maintaining the temperature of the heating roller 86 in the second state.
- T0 is the ambient temperature of the place where the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is installed.
- a temperature pattern G indicates a temperature change when the heating temperature is changed from the temperature T1 to a temperature T2 higher than the temperature T1 under the control of the heating control unit 157.
- the time t1 is the timing when the condition input by the operation of the sheet setting unit 163 is confirmed, for example, the timing when the start instruction button 161a is operated after the operation of the sheet setting unit 163.
- Time t2 is timing when the heating temperature, that is, the temperature of the heating roller 86 reaches the temperature T2. That is, the period TE1 from time t1 to time t2 is the time required to realize the set condition.
- the sheet S heated by the heating roller 86 in this period TE1 is heated at a lower temperature than the set temperature. .
- the sheet S that has passed through the heating unit 84 in the period TE1 may have a different property from the set type of sheet S.
- a temperature T2 which is a heating temperature suitable for the additive after change, is set at time t1.
- the sheet S containing the changed additive is desirably heated at a temperature T2.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 distinguishes the sheets S manufactured until the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 reaches the set temperature after the change.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 changes the type and amount of the additive to be mixed in the additive supply unit 52, the sheet discharged before the sheet S containing the changed additive is discharged from the discharge unit 97. S is distinguished.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the manufacturing process of the sheet S of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and shows the process from the addition of the additive by the additive supply unit 52 to the discharge.
- a symbol M shown in the figure indicates a mixture in which an additive is mixed into the subdivided body P in the additive supply unit 52.
- the mixture M, the second web W2, and the sheet S are collectively referred to as a conveyed object FM.
- FIG. 9 shows a plurality of stages PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7, PR11 in the manufacturing process of the sheet S.
- the stage PR1 is a stage in which the additive is mixed with the subdivided body P in the additive supply unit 52.
- Stage PR11 is a process of depositing the mixture M on the mesh belt 72, stage PR2 indicates the start of stage PR11, and stage PR3 indicates the end of stage PR11.
- Stage PR4 is a stage in which the pressure unit 82 pressurizes the second web W2 to form the sheet S, and stage PR5 is a stage in which the sheet S is heated by the heating unit 84.
- Step PR6 is a step of cutting the sheet S by the first cutting unit 92
- step PR7 is a step of cutting the sheet S by the second cutting unit 94.
- the deposition process of the mixture M is performed continuously, the end of the deposition process corresponding to the length of one sheet S is illustrated as a stage PR3 in FIG. 9 for convenience of understanding.
- stage PR2 the mixture M is transported through the tube 54 by an air flow and is not in the form of a sheet or web, but for convenience of understanding, the mixture M is illustrated in the form of a band in FIG.
- the drive control unit 156 changes the type and / or amount of the additive mixed in the additive supply unit 52 based on the input to the operation screen 160, the type and amount of the additive are changed in step PR1.
- the transported object FM including the additive before the change exists between the stages PR1 to PR7.
- the sheet S existing between the stage PR5 to the stage PR7 contains the additive before the change and is heated at the temperature T1 suitable for the additive before the change. Satisfies the quality of the sheet S.
- the to-be-conveyed object FM located between the stages PR1 to PR5 includes the material before change and is not heated by the heating unit 84.
- the quality of the sheet S may not satisfy both the type of the sheet S before and after the change.
- the control unit 150 converts the conveyed object FM existing in the section L1 between the stages PR1 to PR5 at the timing of changing the type and amount of the additive, the sheet S existing at the stage after the stage PR5 at this timing, and A distinction is made from materials in a stage prior to stage PR1. Specifically, the length of the section L1 or the conveyance time corresponding to the length of the section L1 is included in the setting data 121 and stored in advance.
- the type and amount of the additive are changed corresponding to the type of the sheet S after the change in response to the change of the type of the sheet S by the input of the operation screen 160, and the addition after the change Corresponding to the type of object, the heating temperature is changed based on the temperature data. For this reason, the setting of the kind and amount of the additive added in the additive supply unit 52 and the setting of the heating temperature are changed almost simultaneously.
- the drive control unit 156 operates the supply adjustment unit 52b of the additive supply unit 52 to change the type and amount of the additive, and the heating control unit 157 performs a series of processes to change the temperature of the heating roller 86. Require different times and do not necessarily start or end at the same time. Therefore, control performed by the control unit 150 for these timings will be described.
- FIG. 10 and 11 are schematic views showing changes in the sheet manufactured by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- FIG. 10 shows the sheet S discharged from the manufacturing unit 102
- FIG. 10A shows the correspondence between the timing at which the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 changes and the type of the sheet S.
- FIG. 10B shows the correspondence between the timing at which the additive added by the additive supply unit 52 changes and the type of the sheet S.
- symbols B1, B2, and B3 indicate specific positions on the sheet S.
- Reference numeral B ⁇ b> 1 indicates the position of the sheet S that has passed through the heating unit 84 at the timing when the heating control unit 157 starts changing the heating temperature of the heating unit 84.
- Reference sign B2 indicates the position of the sheet S that has passed through the heating unit 84 at the timing when the change in the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 is completed.
- the position B1 is a boundary between the sheet S11 heated at the heating temperature (for example, temperature T1) before the change and the sheet S13 heated at a heating temperature higher than the temperature T1 and lower than the temperature T2. Further, the position B2 is a boundary between the sheet S13 heated at a heating temperature lower than the temperature T2 and the sheet S12 heated at the temperature T2.
- position B3 indicates the position on the sheet S including the material positioned in the stage PR1 (FIG. 9) at the timing when the additive supply unit 52 changes the type and amount of the additive.
- the position B3 is a boundary between the sheet S21 including the additive before the change and the sheet S22 including the additive after the change.
- both the type and / or amount of the additive and the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 need to be changed.
- two conditions are necessary: (1) containing a set additive, and (2) heating at a set heating temperature.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 performs the above (1) and (2).
- a sheet S satisfying both conditions is distinguished from other sheets S.
- the heating temperature corresponds to the sheet S11
- the additive corresponds to the sheet S21.
- the sheet S before the position B1 is the type of sheet S before the change (hereinafter referred to as the sheet S1).
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 sets the sheet S3 as a different type of sheet from the sheets S1 and S2.
- FIG. 11 shows the sheet S discharged from the manufacturing unit 102 as in FIG. 10, and FIG. 11A shows the correspondence between the timing at which the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 changes and the type of the sheet S.
- FIG. 11B shows the correspondence between the timing at which the additive added by the additive supply unit 52 changes and the type of the sheet S.
- the example shown in FIG. 11 shows an example in which the timing at which the additive is changed in the additive supply unit 52 is after the timing at which the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 is changed.
- the position B3 is located before the position B2. Accordingly, it is the sheet S1 before the position B1 and the sheet S2 before the position B3 that satisfy both the conditions (1) and (2), and the sheet between the positions B1 and B3 is the sheet S2. Differentiated.
- the drive control unit 156 can control the discharge switching unit 903 of the discharge unit 97 to discharge, for example, the sheets S1, S2, and S3 to different discharge trays 902 and store them.
- the positions B1, B2, and B3 on the sheet S can be specified by the control unit 150 based on the timing at which the control unit 150 performs control and the conveyance speed of the second web W2 and the sheet S. Accordingly, the drive control unit 156 can control the discharge switching unit 903 to identify the sheet S discharged before and after the positions B1, B2, and B3 in the discharge unit 97, and perform switching by the discharge switching unit 903. it can.
- FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
- FIGS. 13, 14 and 15 are flowcharts showing the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, and particularly show the processing of FIG. 12 in detail.
- the display control unit 152 displays the operation screen 160 on the display panel 116 (step ST12).
- the operation detection unit 153 detects an operation on the operation screen 160 by the user, performs a process of receiving an input by this operation, and acquires the operation content (step ST13).
- the control unit 150 sets the operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 based on the operation content acquired by the operation detection unit 153 in step ST13 by the functions of the drive control unit 156 and the heating control unit 157 (step ST14).
- step ST14 The processing executed in step ST14 is shown in detail in FIG.
- the control unit 150 identifies the additive cartridge 501 to be used among the additive cartridges 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52 (step ST31). For example, based on the color specified by the operation of the color setting unit 163a of the sheet setting unit 163 and the type of raw material specified by the operation of the raw material setting unit 163c, the type of additive to be used is specified, and the specified type The additive cartridge 501 containing the additive is specified. Further, the control unit 150 obtains the amount of additive per unit time supplied from the identified additive cartridge 501 and sets conditions for operating the additive supply motor 317.
- the control unit 150 acquires temperature data read by the IC reading unit 119 from the IC 521 mounted on the additive cartridge 501 specified in step ST31 (step ST32).
- the control unit 150 determines the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data acquired in step ST32 (step ST33). In step ST33, when a plurality of types of additives are used, the control unit 150 acquires temperature data corresponding to each additive, and determines the heating temperature based on the acquired plurality of temperature data.
- step ST33 the example in which the heating temperature is determined based on the temperature data read from the IC 521 of the additive cartridge 501 containing the additive to be used has been described, but corresponds to the raw material specified by the raw material setting unit 163c.
- the heating temperature may be set.
- the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 suitable for the raw material may be included in the setting data 121 and stored in advance.
- the control unit 150 acquires the heating temperature corresponding to the raw material specified by the raw material setting unit 163c from the setting data 121.
- the control part 150 should just set the temperature of the higher side among the highest temperature among the temperature data corresponding to the additive to be used, and the heating temperature corresponding to a raw material to a heating temperature.
- the control unit 150 sets the heating temperature determined in step ST33 as an operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 (step ST34).
- the set operating conditions are stored in the storage unit 140, for example.
- the control unit 150 executes the activation sequence (step ST15).
- the control unit 150 executes processing for initializing various sensors connected to the sensor I / F 114 and starting detection.
- the activation sequence includes initialization of the operation of each driving unit connected to the driving unit I / F 115 and control for shifting each driving unit to a state where the manufacture of the sheet S can be started.
- the control unit 150 switches the power source of the heater 339 to ON and starts temperature increase.
- the control unit 150 switches the power source of the humidifying heater 345 to ON and starts temperature increase.
- the controller 150 determines whether or not the temperature of the heater 339 has reached the heating temperature set in step ST14, which is the target temperature (step ST15), and while the heating temperature has not been reached (step ST15; No). ,stand by. During this standby, the control unit 150 can of course control other drive units.
- control unit 150 shifts the operating state of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to the first state and starts manufacturing the sheet S, that is, starts a job. (Step ST17).
- the control unit 150 After starting the manufacture of the sheet S, the control unit 150 detects an input that causes a change in the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 by an operation on the operation screen 160 (step ST18). Specifically, the control unit 150 detects an input for changing the type of the sheet S through the operation screen 160. If there is no input (step ST18; No), the control unit 150 determines whether or not the job is completed (step ST19). For example, when the number of sheets S to be manufactured is specified in step ST13 and the manufacturing of the specified number of sheets S is completed, the job is completed. The job is also completed when the stop instruction button 161b is operated.
- step ST19; No If the job is not completed (step ST19; No), the control unit 150 returns to step ST18.
- step ST19; Yes the control unit 150 executes a stop sequence and shifts the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to a stop state (step ST20). In the stop sequence, each drive unit of the manufacturing unit 102 is stopped.
- step ST20 can be executed as an interrupt process when the stop instruction button 161b is operated.
- control unit 150 changes the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102. Is performed (step ST21).
- the condition changing process executed in step ST21 is shown in detail in FIG.
- the operation detection unit 153 performs a process of receiving an input by a user operation, and acquires operation contents (step ST41).
- the control unit 150 Based on the operation content acquired by the operation detection unit 153 in step ST41, the control unit 150 identifies the additive cartridge 501 to be used among the additive cartridges 501 attached to the additive supply unit 52 (step ST42). . This process is the same as step ST31.
- the control unit 150 acquires temperature data read by the IC reading unit 119 from the IC 521 mounted on the additive cartridge 501 specified in step ST42 (step ST43). This process is the same as step ST32.
- the control unit 150 determines the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data acquired in step ST43 (step ST44). This process is the same as step ST33.
- the control part 150 may determine heating temperature according to the raw material supplied from the supply part 10, as demonstrated by step ST33.
- the controller 150 Based on the type of cartridge specified in step ST42 and the amount of additive supplied from each cartridge and / or the heating temperature determined in step ST44, the controller 150 changes the setting of the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 ( Step ST45).
- the control unit 150 determines whether or not the setting related to the material is changed in step ST45 (step ST46).
- the material includes an additive added by the additive supply unit 52 and a raw material supplied from the supply unit 10.
- the control part 150 reflects the setting changed regarding supply of the additive from the additive supply part 52, and performs supply of an additive (step). ST47).
- step ST47 the change of the setting regarding the type and amount of the additive is reflected, and the supply based on the changed setting is started.
- the control unit 150 records the timing when the supply of the additive is changed (step ST48), and proceeds to step ST49.
- the control unit 150 causes the storage unit 140 to store data indicating the change timing, for example. For example, you may start counting the elapsed time after making a change.
- the control part 150 transfers to step ST49.
- step ST49 the control unit 150 determines whether or not the setting related to the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 has been changed in step ST45 (step ST49).
- the control unit 150 controls the heater 339 to start the temperature change of the heating roller 86 (step ST50).
- the control part 150 records the timing which started the temperature change (step ST51).
- step ST51 for example, the control unit 150 causes the storage unit 140 to store data indicating the change timing. Further, for example, counting of the elapsed time from the start of temperature change may be started.
- the control unit 150 determines whether or not the temperature of the heater 339 has reached the target temperature (step ST52), and stands by while not reaching the heating temperature (step ST52; No). During this standby, the control unit 150 can of course control other drive units. When it determines with the temperature of the heater 339 having reached target temperature (step ST52; Yes), the control part 150 records the timing which temperature change was complete
- the control unit 150 starts the discharge control (step ST22), and proceeds to step ST19.
- the discharge control is performed by changing the type of sheet S1 before the change, the type of sheet S2 after the change, and a sheet S3 of a type different from the sheets S1 and S2 into the discharge unit.
- 97 is a control for accommodating the paper in different discharge trays 902.
- FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the discharge control in detail.
- the control unit 150 acquires data indicating each timing recorded in the process shown in FIG. 14 (step ST61). Specifically, the recording of the timing of changing the supply of the additive recorded in step ST48, the recording of the timing of starting the temperature change recorded in step ST51, and the timing of the end of the temperature change recorded in step ST53. Get a record.
- the control unit 150 identifies the boundaries of the sheets S1, S2, and S3 discharged from the cutting unit 90 to the discharge unit 97 based on the data acquired in step ST61 (step ST62). For example, the control unit 150 identifies the positions B1, B2, and B3 shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, and based on these positions, the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3, and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2. Specify the position of.
- the control unit 150 determines the timing at which the boundary specified in step ST62 passes through the cutting unit 90 (step ST63). Further, based on the timing determined in step ST63, the control unit 150 identifies the timing for switching the discharge tray 902 by the discharge switching unit 903 (step ST64).
- the control unit 150 specifies the switching timing so that the sheet S3 is not mixed into the sheet S1 and the sheet S2 in step ST64.
- This timing mismatch means that the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2 are shifted from the cutting position where the cutting unit 90 cuts the sheet S. More specifically, it means that the cut sheet S includes both the sheet S1 and the sheet S3. The same applies to the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2.
- the sheet S including both the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the sheet S including both the sheet S3 and the sheet S2 are referred to as mixed sheets.
- the control unit 150 specifies the switching timing so that the mixed sheet is not stored in the discharge tray 902 that stores the sheet S1. Similarly, the control unit 150 specifies the switching timing so that the mixed sheet is not stored in the discharge tray 902 that stores the sheet S2.
- the control unit 150 may store the mixed sheet in the same discharge tray 902 as the sheet S3. Further, the control unit 150 may control the discharge unit 97 so that the mixed sheet is accommodated in a discharge tray 902 different from any of the sheets S1, S2, and S3.
- the control unit 150 controls the discharge switching unit 903 to switch the discharge tray 902 at the timing specified in step ST64 (step ST65). After switching the discharge tray 902 corresponding to both the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2, the control unit 150 ends this processing. Further, when the stop sequence (step ST20) is executed before step ST65, the discharge control is stopped in the stop sequence.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 may be configured to supply the mixed sheet or the sheet S3 from the supply unit 10.
- the control unit 150 includes a mechanism for returning the sheet S from the discharge tray 902 containing the mixed sheets or the discharge tray 902 containing the sheet S3 to the supply unit 10 or the crushing unit 12. May be. Further, the user may be notified of the discharge tray 902 in which the mixed sheet or the sheet S3 is accommodated by the notification unit 164 or the like.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes the manufacturing unit 102 that manufactures the sheet S, the operation detection unit 153 that receives the input of the type of the sheet S manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102, and the operation screen 160.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a control unit 150 that sets operating conditions of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153 and causes the manufacturing unit 102 to manufacture the sheet S.
- the control unit 150 changes the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102.
- the control unit 150 changes the operation condition according to the type of the sheet S based on the new input received by the operation detection unit 153 and continues manufacturing the sheet S.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 of the present invention and the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to which the control method of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is applied, a new input of the type of the sheet S is received while the sheet S is manufactured, and the sheet The operating conditions for manufacturing S can be changed and the manufacturing of the sheet S can be continued. For this reason, the type of the sheet S to be manufactured can be quickly changed without stopping the operation for manufacturing the sheet S.
- the manufacturing unit 102 includes a heating unit 84 that heats a material including fibers and a binder.
- the control unit 150 sets the temperature of the heating unit 84 as an operation condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153.
- the manufacturing unit 102 includes a plurality of stackers 11 that contain raw materials including fibers for each type, and a supply unit 10 that supplies the raw materials from the stacker 11.
- the control unit 150 sets the type of raw material supplied from the supply unit 10 as the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153, and according to the set type of raw material
- the temperature of the heating unit 84 is set. Thereby, in the state which manufactures the sheet
- the manufacturing unit 102 includes a plurality of additive cartridges 501 each containing different types of binders.
- the control unit 150 sets one or more additive cartridges 501 to be used as the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153.
- the control unit 150 acquires temperature data from the set additive cartridge 501 and sets the temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the acquired temperature data.
- the control unit 150 can set a plurality of additive cartridges 501 as operating conditions of the manufacturing unit 102.
- the control unit 150 sets the temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data indicating the highest temperature among the acquired temperature data.
- the control unit 150 sets the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the first type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153.
- the control unit 150 changes the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the second type of the sheet S based on the new input received by the operation detection unit 153 while the sheet S is manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102. .
- the control unit 150 includes the first type (sheet S1) and the second type (sheet S2) among the sheets S manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102. Different sheets S (sheets S3) are distinguished. In other words, the intermediate sheet S during the transition from the first type of sheet S to the second type of sheet S can be identified.
- the sheet S different from the type corresponding to the input can be distinguished.
- a sheet S having a desired quality can be easily obtained by distinguishing a sheet S having a property different from the designated sheet S, such as a sheet S manufactured between the start of the change and the completion of the change. Can be taken out.
- the manufacturing unit 102 can execute a transport operation for transporting a material related to the manufacture of the sheet S.
- the control unit 150 sets the operation condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the first type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153, and then receives the operation detection unit 153 during the carrying operation.
- the input is a new input. Thereby, during the execution of the conveying operation for conveying the material related to the manufacture of the sheet S, the operation condition can be changed according to the input.
- the control unit 150 includes at least one of the material for manufacturing the sheet S and the processing conditions for processing the sheet S according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153. Set such conditions. Thereby, according to the input, conditions including at least one of the material for manufacturing the sheet S and the processing conditions for processing the sheet S can be set, and the conditions can be changed while the operation for manufacturing the sheet S is continued.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of a sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 according to the second embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
- FIG. 17 is a flowchart illustrating the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus according to the second embodiment.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 includes a winding unit 98 instead of the cutting unit 90 and the discharge unit 97. Except for this difference, since it has the same configuration as the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described in the first embodiment, the same configuration is denoted by the same reference numeral and description thereof is omitted.
- the manufacturing unit 102a (sheet manufacturing unit) included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 does not include the cutting unit 90. Accordingly, the sheet S pressed and heated by the sheet forming unit 80 is discharged from the manufacturing unit 102a without being cut.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 includes a winding unit 98 that winds the uncut sheet S.
- the winding unit 98 includes a winding roll 911 that winds up the sheet S, and tension rollers 912, 913, and 914 that remove slack of the sheet S between the winding roll 911 and the sheet forming unit 80.
- the tension rollers 912 and 914 are rotatably installed in the conveyance path of the sheet S, and the tension roller 913 is disposed between the tension rollers 912 and 914 so as to apply a predetermined tension to the sheet S.
- the tension roller 913 is relatively movable with respect to the tension rollers 912 and 914, and is improperly applied by an urging means such as a spring to apply tension to the sheet S.
- a marking unit 99 is disposed between the sheet forming unit 80 and the tension rollers 912, 913, and 914.
- the marking unit 99 adds marks (images, symbols, characters, etc.) to predetermined positions on the front or back surface of the sheet S by means such as ink or embossing. Specifically, it includes an adding portion (not shown) that adds a mark by contacting the sheet S, and an actuator or the like (not shown) that presses the adding portion against the sheet S.
- the marking unit 99 attaches a mark that can be identified by visible light using ink.
- the marking part 99 may add a mark with the material which does not distinguish with visible light but emits fluorescence, when ultraviolet light is irradiated.
- the position where the marking unit 99 adds a mark is arbitrary, and can be, for example, an end position, which is a position cut off by the cutting unit 90 (FIG. 1). May be.
- the marking unit 99 is connected to the control device 110 by the drive unit I / F 115 (FIG. 4), operates under the control of the control unit 150, and adds a mark at a timing designated by the control unit 150.
- the take-up roll 911 is driven by a take-up motor (not shown) and rotates to take up the sheet S.
- the take-up motor is connected to the control device 110 by a drive unit I / F 115 (FIG. 4) and rotates under the control of the control unit 150.
- the winding roll 911 is rotated by a winding motor when the manufacturing unit 102a manufactures the sheet S and conveys the raw material.
- the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 of the second embodiment is the same as the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described above, but is different in the discharge control described with reference to FIG. 15, and will be described with reference to FIG.
- control unit 150 executes the same processing as in step ST ⁇ b> 61 and step ST ⁇ b> 62 in FIG. 15.
- the control unit 150 determines the timing at which the boundary specified in step ST62 passes the marking unit 99 (step ST81).
- the control unit 150 controls the actuator and the like of the marking unit 99 to add a mark at the timing specified in step ST62.
- the control unit 150 ends the discharge control. Further, when the stop sequence (step ST20) is executed before step ST65, the discharge control is stopped in the stop sequence.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 may notify the user by the notifying unit 164 or the like at the timing when the marking unit 99 adds a mark.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 is applied with the sheet manufacturing apparatus and the method for controlling the sheet manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, and can obtain the same effects as the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. .
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 in the configuration in which the sheet S is wound without being cut, a mark indicating the boundary between the sheets S1, S2, and S3 can be given to the wound sheet S. Thereby, in the sheet S taken up by the take-up roll 911, a portion corresponding to the type set on the operation screen 160 can be clearly shown.
- the raw material defibrated by the defibrating part 20 is The structure supplied from the outside may be sufficient.
- a plurality of cartridges (not shown) containing the defibrated raw material may be provided, and the defibrated material as the raw material may be supplied to the drum unit 41 by switching from these cartridges.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 of each of the above embodiments has been described as a dry sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 that obtains a material by defibrating the raw material in the air and manufactures the sheet S using this material and resin.
- the application target of the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention can also be applied to a so-called wet sheet manufacturing apparatus in which a raw material containing fibers is dissolved or suspended in a solvent such as water and the raw material is processed into a sheet.
- the present invention can be applied to an electrostatic sheet manufacturing apparatus in which a material containing fibers defibrated in the air is adsorbed on the surface of the drum by static electricity or the like, and the raw material adsorbed on the drum is processed into a sheet.
- the configuration of the above-described embodiment can be applied before being processed into a sheet or in a process of conveying a sheet-like material.
- the present invention can be applied to a control unit that controls the temperature of the heating unit as long as it includes a heating unit that heats the raw material.
- the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is not limited to the sheet S, and may be configured to manufacture a board-shaped or web-shaped product including a hard sheet or a stacked sheet.
- the sheet S may be paper made of pulp or waste paper, or may be a non-woven fabric containing natural fibers or synthetic resin fibers.
- the properties of the sheet S are not particularly limited, and may be paper that can be used as recording paper for writing or printing (for example, so-called PPC paper), wallpaper, wrapping paper, colored paper, drawing paper, Kent paper. Etc.
- the sheet S is a non-woven fabric, it may be a general non-woven fabric, a fiber board, tissue paper, kitchen paper, cleaner, filter, liquid absorbent material, sound absorber, cushioning material, mat, or the like.
- heating roller 90 ... Cutting unit, 97 ... discharge unit, 98 ... winding unit, 99 ... marking unit, 100, 101 ... sheet manufacturing device, 102, 102a ... manufacturing unit (sheet manufacturing unit), 110 ... control device, 111 ... main processor, 114 ... Sensor I / F, 115 Drive unit I / F, 116 ... display panel, 117 ... touch sensor (accepting unit), 119 ... IC reading unit, 120 ... non-volatile storage unit, 121 ... setting data, 122 ... display data, 140 ... storage unit, 150 ... Control unit 151...
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Textile Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Forests & Forestry (AREA)
- Dry Formation Of Fiberboard And The Like (AREA)
- Nonwoven Fabrics (AREA)
Abstract
According to the present invention, in a sheet manufacturing device, conditions and the like pertaining to manufacturing sheets can be changed quickly. This sheet manufacturing device 100 has: a manufacturing unit 102 for manufacturing a sheet S; a receiving unit for receiving an input of the type of sheet S to be manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102; and a control unit for setting operating conditions of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the receiving unit, and causing the manufacturing unit 102 to manufacture the sheet S. When a new input of the type of sheet S is received by the receiving unit while a sheet S is being manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102, the control unit changes the operating conditions of the manufacturing unit 102 to operating conditions according to the type of sheet S based on the new input and causes the manufacturing of the sheet S to continue.
Description
本発明は、シート製造装置、及び、シート製造装置の制御方法に関する。
The present invention relates to a sheet manufacturing apparatus and a control method for the sheet manufacturing apparatus.
従来、古紙等の原料からシートを製造する装置が知られている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。特許文献1記載のシート製造装置は、制御部の制御によって、シートを製造するための条件(加圧力や加熱温度)を変更可能である。
Conventionally, an apparatus for manufacturing a sheet from raw materials such as waste paper is known (for example, see Patent Document 1). The sheet manufacturing apparatus described in Patent Document 1 can change conditions (pressing force and heating temperature) for manufacturing a sheet under the control of the control unit.
シート製造装置においてシートの製造に関する条件を変更する場合、シート製造装置の動作に関する条件を変更することになるので、動作する部分が停止している必要があった。すなわち、シートの製造が停止していることが前提であった。このため、シートを製造している動作中に、シートの製造に関する条件を変更する場合には、いったんシートの製造を停止する必要があり、製造を停止するまでの待ち時間が必要であった。
本発明は、シートを製造するシート製造装置において、シートの製造に関する条件等を速やかに変更できるようにすることを目的とする。 When changing the conditions related to the manufacture of the sheet in the sheet manufacturing apparatus, the conditions related to the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus are changed, so that the operating part needs to be stopped. That is, it was assumed that the production of the sheet was stopped. For this reason, when changing the conditions related to sheet manufacturing during the operation of manufacturing the sheet, it is necessary to stop the sheet manufacturing once, and it is necessary to wait for the manufacturing to stop.
An object of the present invention is to enable a sheet manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a sheet to quickly change conditions and the like relating to the manufacture of the sheet.
本発明は、シートを製造するシート製造装置において、シートの製造に関する条件等を速やかに変更できるようにすることを目的とする。 When changing the conditions related to the manufacture of the sheet in the sheet manufacturing apparatus, the conditions related to the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus are changed, so that the operating part needs to be stopped. That is, it was assumed that the production of the sheet was stopped. For this reason, when changing the conditions related to sheet manufacturing during the operation of manufacturing the sheet, it is necessary to stop the sheet manufacturing once, and it is necessary to wait for the manufacturing to stop.
An object of the present invention is to enable a sheet manufacturing apparatus for manufacturing a sheet to quickly change conditions and the like relating to the manufacture of the sheet.
上記課題を解決するため、本発明は、シートを製造するシート製造部と、前記シート製造部で製造するシートの種類の入力を受け付ける受付部と、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定して、前記シート製造部にシートを製造させる制御部と、を有し、前記制御部は、前記シート製造部によりシートを製造している状態で、前記受付部により前記シートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けた場合に、前記シート製造部の動作条件を、前記受付部により受け付けた前記新たな入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じた動作条件に変更して前記シートの製造を継続させることを特徴とする。
本発明によれば、シートを製造している状態でシートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けて、シートを製造する動作条件を変更し、シートの製造を継続できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、製造するシートの種類を速やかに変更できる。 In order to solve the above-described problems, the present invention provides a sheet manufacturing unit that manufactures a sheet, a reception unit that receives an input of a type of a sheet that is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, and the sheet that is based on the input received by the reception unit. A control unit that sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type and causes the sheet manufacturing unit to manufacture a sheet, and the control unit manufactures a sheet by the sheet manufacturing unit. In the state where the new input of the sheet type is received by the receiving unit, the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set according to the type of the sheet based on the new input received by the receiving unit. The production of the sheet is continued by changing to operating conditions.
According to the present invention, it is possible to accept a new input of a sheet type while manufacturing a sheet, change the operating conditions for manufacturing the sheet, and continue manufacturing the sheet. For this reason, it is possible to quickly change the type of sheet to be manufactured without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
本発明によれば、シートを製造している状態でシートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けて、シートを製造する動作条件を変更し、シートの製造を継続できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、製造するシートの種類を速やかに変更できる。 In order to solve the above-described problems, the present invention provides a sheet manufacturing unit that manufactures a sheet, a reception unit that receives an input of a type of a sheet that is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, and the sheet that is based on the input received by the reception unit. A control unit that sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type and causes the sheet manufacturing unit to manufacture a sheet, and the control unit manufactures a sheet by the sheet manufacturing unit. In the state where the new input of the sheet type is received by the receiving unit, the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set according to the type of the sheet based on the new input received by the receiving unit. The production of the sheet is continued by changing to operating conditions.
According to the present invention, it is possible to accept a new input of a sheet type while manufacturing a sheet, change the operating conditions for manufacturing the sheet, and continue manufacturing the sheet. For this reason, it is possible to quickly change the type of sheet to be manufactured without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
また、上記構成において、前記シート製造部は、繊維と結合材とを含む材料を加熱する加熱部を有し、前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件として前記加熱部の温度を設定する構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、材料を加熱してシートを製造する装置において、シートを製造している状態で加熱を行う温度を変更できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、加熱温度の変更を伴うシートの種類の変更が可能となる。 In the above configuration, the sheet manufacturing unit includes a heating unit that heats a material including fibers and a binder, and the control unit is configured to respond to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. And the structure which sets the temperature of the said heating part as an operating condition of the said sheet manufacturing part may be sufficient.
According to this structure, in the apparatus which manufactures a sheet | seat by heating a material, the temperature which heats can be changed in the state which manufactures the sheet | seat. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanying the change of the heating temperature without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
この構成によれば、材料を加熱してシートを製造する装置において、シートを製造している状態で加熱を行う温度を変更できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、加熱温度の変更を伴うシートの種類の変更が可能となる。 In the above configuration, the sheet manufacturing unit includes a heating unit that heats a material including fibers and a binder, and the control unit is configured to respond to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. And the structure which sets the temperature of the said heating part as an operating condition of the said sheet manufacturing part may be sufficient.
According to this structure, in the apparatus which manufactures a sheet | seat by heating a material, the temperature which heats can be changed in the state which manufactures the sheet | seat. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanying the change of the heating temperature without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
また、上記構成において、前記シート製造部は、前記繊維を含む原料を種類毎に収容した複数の収容部と、前記原料を前記収容部から供給する供給部と、を有し、前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件として前記供給部から供給する原料の種類を設定し、設定した前記原料の種類に応じて前記加熱部の温度を設定する構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、シートを製造している状態でシートの製造に用いる原料を変更できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、原料の変更を伴うシートの種類の変更が可能となる。 Moreover, the said structure WHEREIN: The said sheet | seat manufacturing part has the some accommodating part which accommodated the raw material containing the said fiber for every kind, and the supply part which supplies the said raw material from the said accommodating part, The said control part is In accordance with the type of the sheet based on the input received by the reception unit, the type of the raw material supplied from the supply unit is set as the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit, and the type of the raw material is set according to the set type of the raw material. The structure which sets the temperature of a heating part may be sufficient.
According to this structure, the raw material used for manufacture of a sheet | seat can be changed in the state which manufactures a sheet | seat. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanying the change of the raw material without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
この構成によれば、シートを製造している状態でシートの製造に用いる原料を変更できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、原料の変更を伴うシートの種類の変更が可能となる。 Moreover, the said structure WHEREIN: The said sheet | seat manufacturing part has the some accommodating part which accommodated the raw material containing the said fiber for every kind, and the supply part which supplies the said raw material from the said accommodating part, The said control part is In accordance with the type of the sheet based on the input received by the reception unit, the type of the raw material supplied from the supply unit is set as the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit, and the type of the raw material is set according to the set type of the raw material. The structure which sets the temperature of a heating part may be sufficient.
According to this structure, the raw material used for manufacture of a sheet | seat can be changed in the state which manufactures a sheet | seat. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanying the change of the raw material without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
また、上記構成において、それぞれ種類の異なる結合材を収容した複数のカートリッジを有し、前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件として、使用する1以上の前記カートリッジを設定し、設定した前記カートリッジから加熱温度情報を取得し、取得した前記加熱温度情報に基づいて前記加熱部の温度を設定する構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、製造するシートの種類に応じた結合材を使用してシートを製造する装置において、シートを製造している状態で結合材を変更し、変更した結合材に合わせて加熱を行う温度を変更できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、結合材の変更を伴うシートの種類の変更が可能となり、結合材を変更した場合であっても、適切に加熱を行うことができ、高品質のシートを製造できる。 Further, in the above-described configuration, the apparatus includes a plurality of cartridges each containing different types of binding materials, and the control unit is configured to control the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. As an operation condition, one or more cartridges to be used may be set, heating temperature information may be acquired from the set cartridge, and the temperature of the heating unit may be set based on the acquired heating temperature information. .
According to this configuration, in the apparatus for manufacturing a sheet using a binding material according to the type of sheet to be manufactured, the binding material is changed while the sheet is manufactured, and heating is performed according to the changed binding material. You can change the temperature. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanied by the change of the binding material without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet, and even when the binding material is changed, the heating can be appropriately performed. Can produce quality sheets.
この構成によれば、製造するシートの種類に応じた結合材を使用してシートを製造する装置において、シートを製造している状態で結合材を変更し、変更した結合材に合わせて加熱を行う温度を変更できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、結合材の変更を伴うシートの種類の変更が可能となり、結合材を変更した場合であっても、適切に加熱を行うことができ、高品質のシートを製造できる。 Further, in the above-described configuration, the apparatus includes a plurality of cartridges each containing different types of binding materials, and the control unit is configured to control the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. As an operation condition, one or more cartridges to be used may be set, heating temperature information may be acquired from the set cartridge, and the temperature of the heating unit may be set based on the acquired heating temperature information. .
According to this configuration, in the apparatus for manufacturing a sheet using a binding material according to the type of sheet to be manufactured, the binding material is changed while the sheet is manufactured, and heating is performed according to the changed binding material. You can change the temperature. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet accompanied by the change of the binding material without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet, and even when the binding material is changed, the heating can be appropriately performed. Can produce quality sheets.
また、上記構成において、前記制御部は、前記シート製造部の動作条件として複数の前記カートリッジを設定し、設定した複数の前記カートリッジの各々から加熱温度情報を取得した場合に、取得した加熱温度情報のうち最も高い温度を示す加熱温度情報に基づき、前記加熱部の温度を設定する構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、複数の結合材を用いてシートを製造する場合に、適切な温度で結合材を加熱することができ、高品質のシートを製造できる。 In the above configuration, when the control unit sets a plurality of the cartridges as operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit and acquires the heating temperature information from each of the set plurality of cartridges, the acquired heating temperature information The structure which sets the temperature of the said heating part based on the heating temperature information which shows the highest temperature among these may be sufficient.
According to this configuration, when a sheet is manufactured using a plurality of binders, the binder can be heated at an appropriate temperature, and a high-quality sheet can be manufactured.
この構成によれば、複数の結合材を用いてシートを製造する場合に、適切な温度で結合材を加熱することができ、高品質のシートを製造できる。 In the above configuration, when the control unit sets a plurality of the cartridges as operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit and acquires the heating temperature information from each of the set plurality of cartridges, the acquired heating temperature information The structure which sets the temperature of the said heating part based on the heating temperature information which shows the highest temperature among these may be sufficient.
According to this configuration, when a sheet is manufactured using a plurality of binders, the binder can be heated at an appropriate temperature, and a high-quality sheet can be manufactured.
また、上記構成において、前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの第1の種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定し、前記シート製造部によりシートを製造している状態で前記受付部により受け付けた前記新たな入力に基づく前記シートの第2の種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を変更して前記シートの製造を継続させる場合に、前記シート製造部により製造された前記シートのうち、前記第1の種類及び前記第2の種類とは異なる前記シートを区別する構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、シートを製造する動作条件を変更した場合に、入力に応じた種類とは異なるシートを区別できる。このため、例えば変更を開始してから変更が完了するまでの間に製造されるシートなど、指定されたシートとは異なる性状のシートを区別することで、望ましい品質のシートを容易に取り出すことができる。 Further, in the above configuration, the control unit sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and the sheet manufacturing unit sets the sheet. According to the second type of the sheet based on the new input received by the receiving unit in the state of manufacturing, when changing the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit and continuing the manufacturing of the sheet, The sheet manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit may be configured to distinguish the sheet different from the first type and the second type.
According to this configuration, when the operating condition for manufacturing a sheet is changed, a sheet different from the type corresponding to the input can be distinguished. For this reason, for example, a sheet having a desired quality can be easily taken out by distinguishing a sheet having a property different from a designated sheet, such as a sheet manufactured between the start of the change and the completion of the change. it can.
この構成によれば、シートを製造する動作条件を変更した場合に、入力に応じた種類とは異なるシートを区別できる。このため、例えば変更を開始してから変更が完了するまでの間に製造されるシートなど、指定されたシートとは異なる性状のシートを区別することで、望ましい品質のシートを容易に取り出すことができる。 Further, in the above configuration, the control unit sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and the sheet manufacturing unit sets the sheet. According to the second type of the sheet based on the new input received by the receiving unit in the state of manufacturing, when changing the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit and continuing the manufacturing of the sheet, The sheet manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit may be configured to distinguish the sheet different from the first type and the second type.
According to this configuration, when the operating condition for manufacturing a sheet is changed, a sheet different from the type corresponding to the input can be distinguished. For this reason, for example, a sheet having a desired quality can be easily taken out by distinguishing a sheet having a property different from a designated sheet, such as a sheet manufactured between the start of the change and the completion of the change. it can.
また、上記構成において、前記シート製造部は、前記シートの製造に係る材料を搬送する搬送動作を実行可能であり、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの第1の種類に応じて前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定した後、前記搬送動作を実行中に、前記受付部により受け付けた入力を前記新たな入力とする構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、シートの製造に係る材料を搬送する搬送動作の実行中に、入力に応じて動作条件を変更することができる。 Further, in the above configuration, the sheet manufacturing unit can execute a transport operation for transporting a material related to the manufacture of the sheet, and according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. The configuration may be such that, after setting the operation conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit, the input received by the receiving unit during the carrying operation is used as the new input.
According to this configuration, the operation condition can be changed according to the input during the execution of the transport operation for transporting the material related to the manufacture of the sheet.
この構成によれば、シートの製造に係る材料を搬送する搬送動作の実行中に、入力に応じて動作条件を変更することができる。 Further, in the above configuration, the sheet manufacturing unit can execute a transport operation for transporting a material related to the manufacture of the sheet, and according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. The configuration may be such that, after setting the operation conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit, the input received by the receiving unit during the carrying operation is used as the new input.
According to this configuration, the operation condition can be changed according to the input during the execution of the transport operation for transporting the material related to the manufacture of the sheet.
また、上記構成において、前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シートを製造する材料および前記シートに対する処理の処理条件のうち少なくともいずれかを含み、前記シートの製造に係る条件を設定する構成であってもよい。
この構成によれば、入力に応じて、シートを製造する材料および前記シートに対する処理の処理条件のうち少なくともいずれかを含む条件を設定し、シートを製造する動作を継続する間に条件を変更できる。 Further, in the above configuration, the control unit includes at least one of a material for manufacturing the sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet according to a type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. A configuration may be used in which conditions relating to the manufacture of the sheet are set.
According to this configuration, a condition including at least one of a material for manufacturing a sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet can be set according to an input, and the condition can be changed while the operation for manufacturing the sheet is continued. .
この構成によれば、入力に応じて、シートを製造する材料および前記シートに対する処理の処理条件のうち少なくともいずれかを含む条件を設定し、シートを製造する動作を継続する間に条件を変更できる。 Further, in the above configuration, the control unit includes at least one of a material for manufacturing the sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet according to a type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. A configuration may be used in which conditions relating to the manufacture of the sheet are set.
According to this configuration, a condition including at least one of a material for manufacturing a sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet can be set according to an input, and the condition can be changed while the operation for manufacturing the sheet is continued. .
上記課題を解決するため、本発明は、シートを製造するシートを製造するシート製造部を備えたシート製造装置の制御方法であって、製造するシートの種類の入力を受け付け、受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定して、前記シート製造部によりシートを製造し、前記シートを製造している状態で、前記シートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けた場合に、前記シート製造部の動作条件を、前記新たな入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じた動作条件に変更して前記シートの製造を継続することを特徴とする。
本発明によれば、シートを製造している状態でシートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けて、シートを製造する動作条件を変更し、シートの製造を継続できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、製造するシートの種類を速やかに変更できる。 In order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a method for controlling a sheet manufacturing apparatus including a sheet manufacturing unit that manufactures a sheet for manufacturing a sheet, and receives an input of a type of the sheet to be manufactured, and the received input In accordance with the type of the sheet, the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set, the sheet is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, and a new input of the sheet type is performed while the sheet is manufactured. When received, the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is changed to an operation condition corresponding to the type of the sheet based on the new input, and the manufacture of the sheet is continued.
According to the present invention, it is possible to accept a new input of a sheet type while manufacturing a sheet, change the operating conditions for manufacturing the sheet, and continue manufacturing the sheet. For this reason, it is possible to quickly change the type of sheet to be manufactured without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
本発明によれば、シートを製造している状態でシートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けて、シートを製造する動作条件を変更し、シートの製造を継続できる。このため、シートを製造する動作を停止させることなく、製造するシートの種類を速やかに変更できる。 In order to solve the above problems, the present invention provides a method for controlling a sheet manufacturing apparatus including a sheet manufacturing unit that manufactures a sheet for manufacturing a sheet, and receives an input of a type of the sheet to be manufactured, and the received input In accordance with the type of the sheet, the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set, the sheet is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, and a new input of the sheet type is performed while the sheet is manufactured. When received, the operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is changed to an operation condition corresponding to the type of the sheet based on the new input, and the manufacture of the sheet is continued.
According to the present invention, it is possible to accept a new input of a sheet type while manufacturing a sheet, change the operating conditions for manufacturing the sheet, and continue manufacturing the sheet. For this reason, it is possible to quickly change the type of sheet to be manufactured without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet.
以下、本発明の好適な実施形態について、図面を用いて詳細に説明する。なお、以下に説明する実施形態は、特許請求の範囲に記載された本発明の内容を限定するものではない。また、以下で説明される構成の全てが本発明の必須構成要件であるとは限らない。
Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. In addition, embodiment described below does not limit the content of this invention described in the claim. In addition, not all of the configurations described below are essential constituent requirements of the present invention.
[第1実施形態]
1.全体構成
図1は本発明を適用した第1実施形態に係るシート製造装置100の構成を示す模式図である。
本実施形態に記載のシート製造装置100は、例えば、原料としての機密紙などの使用済みの古紙を乾式で解繊して繊維化した後、加圧、加熱、切断することによって、新しい紙を製造するのに好適な装置である。繊維化された原料に、さまざまな添加物を混合することによって、用途に合わせて、紙製品の結合強度や白色度を向上したり、色、香り、難燃などの機能を付加したりしてもよい。また、紙の密度や厚さ、形状をコントロールして成形することで、A4やA3等の定型サイズのオフィス用紙、名刺用紙など、用途に合わせて、さまざまな厚さ・サイズの紙を製造することができる。 [First Embodiment]
1. Overall Configuration FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of asheet manufacturing apparatus 100 according to a first embodiment to which the present invention is applied.
Thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described in the present embodiment, for example, after used fiber such as confidential paper as a raw material is defibrated and fiberized by dry process, and then pressurized, heated and cut to obtain new paper. It is an apparatus suitable for manufacturing. By mixing various additives with the fiberized raw material, it is possible to improve the bond strength and whiteness of paper products and add functions such as color, fragrance, and flame resistance according to the application. Also good. In addition, by controlling the density, thickness, and shape of the paper, it is possible to manufacture paper of various thicknesses and sizes according to the application, such as office paper and business card paper of standard sizes such as A4 and A3. be able to.
1.全体構成
図1は本発明を適用した第1実施形態に係るシート製造装置100の構成を示す模式図である。
本実施形態に記載のシート製造装置100は、例えば、原料としての機密紙などの使用済みの古紙を乾式で解繊して繊維化した後、加圧、加熱、切断することによって、新しい紙を製造するのに好適な装置である。繊維化された原料に、さまざまな添加物を混合することによって、用途に合わせて、紙製品の結合強度や白色度を向上したり、色、香り、難燃などの機能を付加したりしてもよい。また、紙の密度や厚さ、形状をコントロールして成形することで、A4やA3等の定型サイズのオフィス用紙、名刺用紙など、用途に合わせて、さまざまな厚さ・サイズの紙を製造することができる。 [First Embodiment]
1. Overall Configuration FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of a
The
シート製造装置100は、製造部102(シート製造部)、及び、制御装置110を備える。製造部102は、シートを製造する。製造部102は、供給部10、粗砕部12、解繊部20、選別部40、第1ウェブ形成部45、回転体49、混合部50、堆積部60、第2ウェブ形成部70、搬送部79、シート形成部80、及び、切断部90を備える。
The sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a manufacturing unit 102 (sheet manufacturing unit) and a control device 110. The manufacturing unit 102 manufactures a sheet. The manufacturing unit 102 includes a supply unit 10, a crushing unit 12, a defibrating unit 20, a sorting unit 40, a first web forming unit 45, a rotating body 49, a mixing unit 50, a depositing unit 60, a second web forming unit 70, and a conveyance. A part 79, a sheet forming part 80, and a cutting part 90.
また、シート製造装置100は、原料に対する加湿、及び/または、原料が移動する空間を加湿する目的で、加湿部202、204、206、208、210、212を備える。これら加湿部202、204、206、208、210、212の具体的な構成は任意であり、スチーム式、気化式、温風気化式、超音波式等が挙げられる。
Also, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes humidifying units 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, and 212 for the purpose of humidifying the raw material and / or humidifying the space in which the raw material moves. Specific configurations of the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, and 212 are arbitrary, and examples thereof include a steam type, a vaporization type, a hot air vaporization type, and an ultrasonic type.
本実施形態では、加湿部202、204、206、208を、気化式または温風気化式の加湿器で構成する。すなわち、加湿部202、204、206、208は、水を湿潤させるフィルター(図示略)を有し、フィルターに空気を通過させることにより、湿度を高めた加湿空気を供給する。また、加湿部202、204、206、208は、加湿空気の湿度を効果的に高めるヒーター(図示略)を備えてもよい。
In the present embodiment, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 are configured by a vaporizer-type or hot-air vaporizer-type humidifier. That is, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 have a filter (not shown) that wets water, and supplies humidified air with increased humidity by allowing air to pass through the filter. Further, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 may include a heater (not shown) that effectively increases the humidity of the humidified air.
また、本実施形態では、加湿部210及び加湿部212を、超音波式加湿器で構成する。すなわち、加湿部210、212は、水を霧化する振動部(図示略)を有し、振動部により発生するミストを供給する。
Moreover, in this embodiment, the humidification part 210 and the humidification part 212 are comprised with an ultrasonic humidifier. In other words, the humidifying units 210 and 212 have a vibrating unit (not shown) that atomizes water and supplies mist generated by the vibrating unit.
供給部10は、粗砕部12に原料を供給する。シート製造装置100がシートを製造する原料は繊維を含むものであればよく、例えば、紙、パルプ、パルプシート、不織布を含む布、或いは織物等が挙げられる。本実施形態ではシート製造装置100が古紙を原料とする構成を例示する。
The supply unit 10 supplies raw materials to the crushing unit 12. The raw material from which the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 manufactures a sheet may be anything as long as it contains fibers, and examples thereof include paper, pulp, pulp sheet, cloth including nonwoven fabric, and woven fabric. In the present embodiment, a configuration in which the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 uses waste paper as a raw material is illustrated.
供給部10は、例えば、古紙(原料)を収容する複数のスタッカー11(収容部)を備える。各々のスタッカー11には、古紙が重ねて蓄積される。例えば、供給部10において、古紙を種類毎に異なるスタッカー11に収容できる。供給部10は、複数のスタッカー11のいずれかを選択し、選択したスタッカー11から古紙を粗砕部12に送り出す自動投入装置を備える。供給部10が選択するスタッカー11は、制御装置110の制御により指定される。
The supply unit 10 includes, for example, a plurality of stackers 11 (accommodating units) that accommodate used paper (raw materials). In each stacker 11, old paper is accumulated and accumulated. For example, in the supply unit 10, used paper can be stored in different stackers 11 for each type. The supply unit 10 includes an automatic feeding device that selects any one of the plurality of stackers 11 and sends used paper from the selected stacker 11 to the crushing unit 12. The stacker 11 selected by the supply unit 10 is specified by the control of the control device 110.
粗砕部12は、供給部10によって供給された原料を粗砕刃14によって裁断(粗砕)して、粗砕片にする。粗砕刃14は、大気中(空気中)等の気中で原料を裁断する。粗砕部12は、例えば、原料を挟んで裁断する一対の粗砕刃14と、粗砕刃14を回転させる駆動部とを備え、いわゆるシュレッダーと同様の構成とすることができる。粗砕片の形状や大きさは任意であり、解繊部20における解繊処理に適していればよい。例えば、粗砕部12は、原料を、1~数cm四方またはそれ以下のサイズの紙片に裁断する。
The coarse crushing unit 12 cuts (crushes) the raw material supplied by the supply unit 10 with a coarse crushing blade 14 to obtain a coarse crushing piece. The rough crushing blade 14 cuts the raw material in the air (in the air) or the like. The crushing unit 12 includes, for example, a pair of crushing blades 14 that are cut with a raw material interposed therebetween, and a drive unit that rotates the crushing blades 14, and can have a configuration similar to a so-called shredder. The shape and size of the coarsely crushed pieces are arbitrary and may be suitable for the defibrating process in the defibrating unit 20. For example, the crushing unit 12 cuts the raw material into a piece of paper having a size of 1 to several cm square or less.
粗砕部12は、粗砕刃14により裁断されて落下する粗砕片を受けるシュート(ホッパー)9を有する。シュート9は、例えば、粗砕片が流れる方向(進行する方向)において、徐々に幅が狭くなるテーパー形状を有する。そのため、シュート9は、多くの粗砕片を受けとめることができる。シュート9には、解繊部20に連通する管2が連結され、管2は粗砕刃14によって裁断された原料(粗砕片)を、解繊部20に搬送させるための搬送路を形成する。粗砕片はシュート9により集められ、管2を通って解繊部20に移送(搬送)される。
The crushing unit 12 has a chute (hopper) 9 that receives the crushing pieces that are cut by the crushing blade 14 and dropped. The chute 9 has, for example, a taper shape in which the width gradually decreases in the direction in which the coarsely crushed pieces flow (the traveling direction). Therefore, the chute 9 can receive many coarse fragments. The chute 9 is connected to a tube 2 communicating with the defibrating unit 20, and the tube 2 forms a conveying path for conveying the raw material (crushed pieces) cut by the crushing blade 14 to the defibrating unit 20. . The coarsely crushed pieces are collected by the chute 9 and transferred (conveyed) through the tube 2 to the defibrating unit 20.
粗砕部12が有するシュート9、或いはシュート9の近傍には、加湿部202により加湿空気が供給される。これにより、粗砕刃14により裁断された粗砕物が、静電気によってシュート9や管2の内面に吸着する現象を抑制できる。また、粗砕刃14が裁断した粗砕物は、加湿された(高湿度の)空気とともに解繊部20に移送されるので、解繊部20の内部における解繊物の付着を抑制する効果も期待できる。また、加湿部202は、粗砕刃14に加湿空気を供給して、供給部10が供給する原料を除電する構成としてもよい。また、加湿部202とともにイオナイザーを用いて除電してもよい。
Humidified air is supplied by the humidifying unit 202 to the chute 9 included in the crushing unit 12 or in the vicinity of the chute 9. Thereby, the phenomenon that the crushed material cut | judged with the rough crushing blade 14 adsorb | sucks to the chute | shoot 9 and the inner surface of the pipe | tube 2 by static electricity can be suppressed. In addition, since the crushed material cut by the pulverizing blade 14 is transferred to the defibrating unit 20 together with humidified (high humidity) air, the effect of suppressing adhesion of the defibrated material inside the defibrating unit 20 is also achieved. I can expect. Moreover, the humidification part 202 is good also as a structure which supplies humidified air to the rough crushing blade 14, and neutralizes the raw material which the supply part 10 supplies. Moreover, you may neutralize using an ionizer with the humidification part 202. FIG.
解繊部20は、粗砕部12で裁断された粗砕物を解繊する。より具体的には、解繊部20は、粗砕部12によって裁断された原料(粗砕片)を解繊処理し、解繊物を生成する。ここで、「解繊する」とは、複数の繊維が結着されてなる原料(被解繊物)を、繊維1本1本に解きほぐすことをいう。解繊部20は、原料に付着した樹脂粒やインク、トナー、にじみ防止剤等の物質を、繊維から分離させる機能をも有する。
The defibrating unit 20 defibrates the crushed material cut by the crushing unit 12. More specifically, the defibrating unit 20 defibrates the raw material (crushed pieces) cut by the crushing unit 12 to generate a defibrated material. Here, “defibration” means unraveling a raw material (a material to be defibrated) formed by binding a plurality of fibers into individual fibers. The defibrating unit 20 also has a function of separating substances such as resin particles, ink, toner, and a bleeding inhibitor adhering to the raw material from the fibers.
解繊部20を通過したものを「解繊物」という。「解繊物」には、解きほぐされた解繊物繊維の他に、繊維を解きほぐす際に繊維から分離した樹脂(複数の繊維同士を結着させるための樹脂)粒や、インク、トナーなどの色剤や、にじみ防止剤、紙力増強剤等の添加剤を含んでいる場合もある。解きほぐされた解繊物の形状は、ひも(string)状や平ひも(ribbon)状である。解きほぐされた解繊物は、他の解きほぐされた繊維と絡み合っていない状態(独立した状態)で存在してもよいし、他の解きほぐされた解繊物と絡み合って塊状となった状態(いわゆる「ダマ」を形成している状態)で存在してもよい。
What has passed through the defibrating unit 20 is referred to as “defibrated material”. In addition to the defibrated fibers that have been unraveled, the “defibrated material” includes resin particles (resins that bind multiple fibers together), ink, toner, etc. In some cases, additives such as colorants, anti-bleeding agents, paper strength enhancers and the like are included. The shape of the defibrated material that has been unraveled is a string shape or a ribbon shape. The unraveled defibrated material may exist in an unentangled state (independent state) with other undisentangled fibers, or entangled with other undisentangled defibrated material to form a lump. It may exist in a state (a state forming a so-called “dama”).
解繊部20は、乾式で解繊を行う。ここで、液体中ではなく、大気中(空気中)等の気中において、解繊等の処理を行うことを乾式と称する。本実施形態では、解繊部20がインペラーミルを用いる構成とする。具体的には、解繊部20は、高速回転するローター(図示略)、及び、ローターの外周に位置するライナー(図示略)を備える。粗砕部12で裁断された原料の粗砕片は、解繊部20のローターとライナーとの間に挟まれて解繊される。解繊部20は、ローターの回転により気流を発生させる。この気流により、解繊部20は、原料である粗砕片を管2から吸引し、解繊物を排出口24へと搬送できる。解繊物は排出口24から管3に送り出され、管3を介して選別部40に移送される。
The defibrating unit 20 performs defibration by a dry method. Here, performing a process such as defibration in the air (in the air), not in the liquid, is called dry. In the present embodiment, the defibrating unit 20 uses an impeller mill. Specifically, the defibrating unit 20 includes a rotor (not shown) that rotates at high speed, and a liner (not shown) that is positioned on the outer periphery of the rotor. The raw crushed pieces cut by the crushing unit 12 are sandwiched between the rotor and the liner of the defibrating unit 20 and defibrated. The defibrating unit 20 generates an air flow by the rotation of the rotor. With this airflow, the defibrating unit 20 can suck the crushed pieces, which are raw materials, from the tube 2 and convey the defibrated material to the discharge port 24. The defibrated material is sent out from the discharge port 24 to the tube 3 and transferred to the sorting unit 40 through the tube 3.
このように、解繊部20で生成される解繊物は、解繊部20が発生する気流により解繊部20から選別部40に搬送される。さらに、本実施形態では、シート製造装置100が気流発生装置である解繊部ブロアー26を備え、解繊部ブロアー26が発生する気流により解繊物が選別部40に搬送される。解繊部ブロアー26は管3に取り付けられ、解繊部20から解繊物とともに空気を吸引し、選別部40に送風する。
Thus, the defibrated material generated in the defibrating unit 20 is conveyed from the defibrating unit 20 to the sorting unit 40 by the air flow generated by the defibrating unit 20. Further, in the present embodiment, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a defibrating unit blower 26 that is an airflow generation device, and the defibrated material is conveyed to the sorting unit 40 by the airflow generated by the defibrating unit blower 26. The defibrating unit blower 26 is attached to the pipe 3, sucks air from the defibrating unit 20 together with the defibrated material, and blows it to the sorting unit 40.
選別部40は、管3から解繊部20により解繊された解繊物が気流とともに流入する導入口42を有する。選別部40は、導入口42に導入する解繊物を、繊維の長さによって選別する。詳細には、選別部40は、解繊部20により解繊された解繊物のうち、予め定められたサイズ以下の解繊物を第1選別物とし、第1選別物より大きい解繊物を第2選別物として、選別する。第1選別物は繊維または粒子等を含み、第2選別物は、例えば、大きい繊維、未解繊片(十分に解繊されていない粗砕片)、解繊された繊維が凝集し、或いは絡まったダマ等を含む。
The sorting unit 40 has an inlet 42 through which the defibrated material defibrated from the tube 3 by the defibrating unit 20 flows together with the airflow. The sorting unit 40 sorts the defibrated material to be introduced into the introduction port 42 according to the length of the fiber. Specifically, the sorting unit 40 uses a defibrated material having a size equal to or smaller than a predetermined size among the defibrated material defibrated by the defibrating unit 20 as a first selected material, and a defibrated material larger than the first selected material. Is selected as the second selection. The first selection includes fibers or particles, and the second selection includes, for example, large fibers, undefibrated pieces (crushed pieces that have not been sufficiently defibrated), and defibrated fibers agglomerated or entangled. Including tama etc.
本実施形態で、選別部40は、ドラム部41(篩部)と、ドラム部41を収容するハウジング部(覆い部)43と、を有する。
ドラム部41は、モーターによって回転駆動される円筒の篩である。ドラム部41は、網(フィルター、スクリーン)を有し、篩(ふるい)として機能する。この網の目により、ドラム部41は、網の目開き(開口)の大きさより小さい第1選別物と、網の目開きより大きい第2選別物とを選別する。ドラム部41の網としては、例えば、金網、切れ目が入った金属板を引き伸ばしたエキスパンドメタル、金属板にプレス機等で穴を形成したパンチングメタルを用いることができる。 In the present embodiment, the sortingunit 40 includes a drum unit 41 (sieving unit) and a housing unit (covering unit) 43 that accommodates the drum unit 41.
Thedrum portion 41 is a cylindrical sieve that is rotationally driven by a motor. The drum portion 41 has a net (filter, screen) and functions as a sieve. Based on the mesh, the drum unit 41 sorts a first selection smaller than the mesh opening (opening) and a second selection larger than the mesh opening. As the net of the drum part 41, for example, a metal net, an expanded metal obtained by stretching a cut metal plate, or a punching metal in which a hole is formed in the metal plate by a press machine or the like can be used.
ドラム部41は、モーターによって回転駆動される円筒の篩である。ドラム部41は、網(フィルター、スクリーン)を有し、篩(ふるい)として機能する。この網の目により、ドラム部41は、網の目開き(開口)の大きさより小さい第1選別物と、網の目開きより大きい第2選別物とを選別する。ドラム部41の網としては、例えば、金網、切れ目が入った金属板を引き伸ばしたエキスパンドメタル、金属板にプレス機等で穴を形成したパンチングメタルを用いることができる。 In the present embodiment, the sorting
The
導入口42に導入された解繊物は気流とともにドラム部41の内部に送り込まれ、ドラム部41の回転によって第1選別物がドラム部41の網の目から下方に落下する。ドラム部41の網の目を通過できない第2選別物は、導入口42からドラム部41に流入する気流により流されて排出口44に導かれ、管8に送り出される。
管8は、ドラム部41の内部と管2とを連結する。管8を通って流される第2選別物は、粗砕部12により裁断された粗砕片とともに管2を流れ、解繊部20の導入口22に導かれる。これにより、第2選別物は解繊部20に戻されて、解繊処理される。 The defibrated material introduced into theintroduction port 42 is sent into the drum portion 41 together with the air current, and the first selected material falls downward from the mesh of the drum portion 41 by the rotation of the drum portion 41. The second selection that cannot pass through the mesh of the drum portion 41 is caused to flow by the airflow flowing into the drum portion 41 from the introduction port 42, led to the discharge port 44, and sent out to the pipe 8.
Thetube 8 connects the inside of the drum portion 41 and the tube 2. The second selection flowed through the pipe 8 flows through the pipe 2 together with the coarsely crushed pieces cut by the coarse crushing section 12 and is guided to the introduction port 22 of the defibrating section 20. As a result, the second selected item is returned to the defibrating unit 20 and defibrated.
管8は、ドラム部41の内部と管2とを連結する。管8を通って流される第2選別物は、粗砕部12により裁断された粗砕片とともに管2を流れ、解繊部20の導入口22に導かれる。これにより、第2選別物は解繊部20に戻されて、解繊処理される。 The defibrated material introduced into the
The
また、ドラム部41により選別される第1選別物は、ドラム部41の網の目を通って空気中に分散し、ドラム部41の下方に位置する第1ウェブ形成部45のメッシュベルト46に向けて降下する。
In addition, the first selection material selected by the drum unit 41 is dispersed in the air through the mesh of the drum unit 41 and is applied to the mesh belt 46 of the first web forming unit 45 located below the drum unit 41. Descent towards.
第1ウェブ形成部45(分離部)は、メッシュベルト46(分離ベルト)と、ローラー47と、吸引部(サクション機構)48と、を含む。メッシュベルト46は無端形状のベルトであって、3つのローラー47に懸架され、ローラー47の動きにより、図中矢印で示す方向に搬送される。メッシュベルト46の表面は所定サイズの開口が並ぶ網で構成される。選別部40から降下する第1選別物のうち、網の目を通過するサイズの微粒子はメッシュベルト46の下方に落下し、網の目を通過できないサイズの繊維がメッシュベルト46に堆積し、メッシュベルト46とともに矢印V1方向に搬送される。メッシュベルト46から落下する微粒子は、解繊物の中で比較的小さいものや密度の低いもの(樹脂粒や色剤や添加剤など)を含み、シート製造装置100がシートSの製造に使用しない除去物である。
The first web forming unit 45 (separating unit) includes a mesh belt 46 (separating belt), a roller 47, and a suction unit (suction mechanism) 48. The mesh belt 46 is an endless belt, is suspended by three rollers 47, and is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow in the drawing by the movement of the rollers 47. The surface of the mesh belt 46 is constituted by a net in which openings of a predetermined size are arranged. Among the first selections descending from the selection unit 40, fine particles having a size that passes through the meshes fall below the mesh belt 46, and fibers of a size that cannot pass through the meshes accumulate on the mesh belt 46, and mesh. It is conveyed together with the belt 46 in the direction of arrow V1. The fine particles falling from the mesh belt 46 include defibrated materials that are relatively small or low in density (resin particles, colorants, additives, etc.), and the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 does not use them for manufacturing the sheet S. It is a removed product.
メッシュベルト46は、シートSを製造する運転動作中には、速度V1で移動する。メッシュベルト46の搬送速度V1、及び、メッシュベルト46による搬送の開始及び停止は、制御装置110により制御される。
The mesh belt 46 moves at the speed V1 during the driving operation for manufacturing the sheet S. The conveyance speed V1 of the mesh belt 46 and the start and stop of conveyance by the mesh belt 46 are controlled by the control device 110.
ここで、運転動作中とは、後述するシート製造装置100の起動制御、及び、停止制御の実行中を除く動作中であり、より詳細には、シート製造装置100が望ましい品質のシートSを製造している間を指す。
従って、解繊部20で解繊処理された解繊物は、選別部40で第1選別物と第2選別物とに選別され、第2選別物が解繊部20に戻される。また、第1選別物から、第1ウェブ形成部45によって除去物が除かれる。第1選別物から除去物を除いた残りは、シートSの製造に適した材料であり、この材料はメッシュベルト46に堆積して第1ウェブW1を形成する。 Here, the operation operation is an operation excluding the start control and stop control of thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described later, and more specifically, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 manufactures a sheet S having a desired quality. It points to while doing.
Accordingly, the defibrated material that has been defibrated by thedefibrating unit 20 is sorted into the first sorted product and the second sorted product by the sorting unit 40, and the second sorted product is returned to the defibrating unit 20. Further, the removed material is removed from the first selected material by the first web forming unit 45. The remainder obtained by removing the removed material from the first selection is a material suitable for manufacturing the sheet S, and this material is deposited on the mesh belt 46 to form the first web W1.
従って、解繊部20で解繊処理された解繊物は、選別部40で第1選別物と第2選別物とに選別され、第2選別物が解繊部20に戻される。また、第1選別物から、第1ウェブ形成部45によって除去物が除かれる。第1選別物から除去物を除いた残りは、シートSの製造に適した材料であり、この材料はメッシュベルト46に堆積して第1ウェブW1を形成する。 Here, the operation operation is an operation excluding the start control and stop control of the
Accordingly, the defibrated material that has been defibrated by the
吸引部48は、メッシュベルト46の下方から空気を吸引する。吸引部48は、管23を介して集塵部27(集塵装置)に連結される。集塵部27は、微粒子を気流から分離する。集塵部27の下流には、捕集ブロアー28が設置され、捕集ブロアー28は、集塵部27から空気を吸引する集塵用吸引部として機能する。また、捕集ブロアー28が排出する空気は管29を経てシート製造装置100の外に排出される。
The suction unit 48 sucks air from below the mesh belt 46. The suction unit 48 is connected to the dust collection unit 27 (dust collection device) via the tube 23. The dust collection unit 27 separates the fine particles from the airflow. A collection blower 28 is installed downstream of the dust collection unit 27, and the collection blower 28 functions as a dust collection suction unit that sucks air from the dust collection unit 27. Further, the air discharged from the collection blower 28 is discharged out of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 through the pipe 29.
この構成では、捕集ブロアー28により、集塵部27を通じて吸引部48から空気が吸引される。吸引部48では、メッシュベルト46の網の目を通過する微粒子が、空気とともに吸引され、管23を通って集塵部27に送られる。集塵部27は、メッシュベルト46を通過した微粒子を気流から分離して蓄積する。
In this configuration, air is sucked from the suction part 48 through the dust collection part 27 by the collection blower 28. In the suction part 48, the fine particles passing through the mesh of the mesh belt 46 are sucked together with air and sent to the dust collecting part 27 through the pipe 23. The dust collection unit 27 separates and accumulates the fine particles that have passed through the mesh belt 46 from the airflow.
従って、メッシュベルト46の上には第1選別物から除去物を除去した繊維が堆積して第1ウェブW1が形成される。捕集ブロアー28が吸引を行うことで、メッシュベルト46上における第1ウェブW1の形成が促進され、かつ、除去物が速やかに除去される。
Therefore, the first web W1 is formed on the mesh belt 46 by depositing fibers obtained by removing the removed material from the first selected material. By the suction of the collection blower 28, the formation of the first web W1 on the mesh belt 46 is promoted, and the removed material is quickly removed.
ドラム部41を含む空間には、加湿部204により加湿空気が供給される。この加湿空気によって、選別部40の内部で第1選別物を加湿する。これにより、静電力による第1選別物のメッシュベルト46への付着を弱め、第1選別物をメッシュベルト46から剥離し易くすることができる。さらに、静電力により第1選別物が回転体49やハウジング部43の内壁に付着することを抑制することができる。また、吸引部48によって除去物を効率よく吸引できる。
Humidified air is supplied to the space including the drum unit 41 by the humidifying unit 204. The humidified air is humidified in the sorting unit 40 by the humidified air. Thereby, the adhesion of the first selection to the mesh belt 46 due to the electrostatic force can be weakened, and the first selection can be easily separated from the mesh belt 46. Furthermore, it is possible to suppress the first selected item from adhering to the rotating body 49 and the inner wall of the housing part 43 due to the electrostatic force. In addition, the removal object can be efficiently sucked by the suction portion 48.
なお、シート製造装置100において、第1解繊物と第2解繊物とを選別し、分離する構成は、ドラム部41を備える選別部40に限定されない。例えば、解繊部20で解繊処理された解繊物を、分級機によって分級する構成を採用してもよい。分級機としては、例えば、サイクロン分級機、エルボージェット分級機、エディクラシファイヤーを用いることができる。これらの分級機を用いれば、第1選別物と第2選別物とを選別し、分離することが可能である。さらに、上記の分級機により、解繊物の中で比較的小さいものや密度の低いもの(樹脂粒や色剤や添加剤など)を含む除去物を、分離して除去する構成を実現できる。例えば、第1選別物に含まれる微粒子を、分級機によって、第1選別物から除去する構成としてもよい。この場合、第2選別物は、例えば解繊部20に戻され、除去物は集塵部27により集塵され、除去物を除く第1選別物が管54に送られる構成とすることができる。
In the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, the configuration for sorting and separating the first defibrated material and the second defibrated material is not limited to the sorting unit 40 including the drum unit 41. For example, you may employ | adopt the structure which classifies the defibrated material processed by the defibrating unit 20 with a classifier. As the classifier, for example, a cyclone classifier, an elbow jet classifier, or an eddy classifier can be used. If these classifiers are used, it is possible to sort and separate the first sort and the second sort. Furthermore, the above classifier can realize a configuration in which removed products including relatively small ones having a low density (resin particles, colorants, additives, etc.) among the defibrated materials are separated and removed. For example, it is good also as a structure which removes the microparticles | fine-particles contained in a 1st selection material from a 1st selection material by a classifier. In this case, for example, the second sorted product may be returned to the defibrating unit 20, the removed product is collected by the dust collecting unit 27, and the first sorted product excluding the removed product may be sent to the pipe 54. .
メッシュベルト46の搬送経路において、選別部40の下流側には、加湿部210によって、ミストを含む空気が供給される。加湿部210が生成する水の微粒子であるミストは、第1ウェブW1に向けて降下し、第1ウェブW1に水分を供給する。これにより、第1ウェブW1が含む水分量が調整され、静電気によるメッシュベルト46への繊維の吸着等を抑制できる。
In the conveyance path of the mesh belt 46, air including mist is supplied by the humidifying unit 210 to the downstream side of the sorting unit 40. The mist that is fine particles of water generated by the humidifying unit 210 descends toward the first web W1 and supplies moisture to the first web W1. Thereby, the amount of moisture contained in the first web W1 is adjusted, and adsorption of fibers to the mesh belt 46 due to static electricity can be suppressed.
シート製造装置100は、メッシュベルト46に堆積した第1ウェブW1を分断する回転体49を備える。第1ウェブW1は、メッシュベルト46がローラー47により折り返す位置で、メッシュベルト46から剥離して、回転体49により分断される。
The sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a rotating body 49 that divides the first web W1 deposited on the mesh belt 46. The first web W <b> 1 is peeled off from the mesh belt 46 at a position where the mesh belt 46 is turned back by the roller 47 and is divided by the rotating body 49.
第1ウェブW1は繊維が堆積してウェブ形状となった柔らかい材料であり、回転体49は、第1ウェブW1の繊維をほぐして、混合部50で樹脂を混合しやすい状態に加工する。
The first web W1 is a soft material in which fibers are accumulated to form a web shape, and the rotating body 49 loosens the fibers of the first web W1 and processes the resin in a state where the resin can be easily mixed in the mixing unit 50.
回転体49の構成は任意であるが、本実施形態では、板状の羽根を有し回転する回転羽形状とすることができる。回転体49は、メッシュベルト46から剥離する第1ウェブW1と羽根とが接触する位置に配置される。回転体49の回転(例えば図中矢印Rで示す方向への回転)により、メッシュベルト46から剥離して搬送される第1ウェブW1に羽根が衝突して分断し、細分体Pを生成する。
なお、回転体49は、回転体49の羽根がメッシュベルト46に衝突しない位置に設置されることが好ましい。例えば、回転体49の羽根の先端とメッシュベルト46との間隔を、0.05mm以上0.5mm以下とすることができ、この場合、回転体49によって、メッシュベルト46に損傷を与えることなく第1ウェブW1を効率よく分断できる。 Although the structure of therotating body 49 is arbitrary, in this embodiment, it can be made into the rotating feather shape which has a plate-shaped blade | wing and rotates. The rotating body 49 is disposed at a position where the first web W1 peeled off from the mesh belt 46 and the blades are in contact with each other. Due to the rotation of the rotating body 49 (for example, the rotation in the direction indicated by the arrow R in the figure), the blade collides with the first web W <b> 1 that is peeled from the mesh belt 46 and is transported, and the subdivided body P is generated.
The rotatingbody 49 is preferably installed at a position where the blades of the rotating body 49 do not collide with the mesh belt 46. For example, the distance between the tip of the blade of the rotating body 49 and the mesh belt 46 can be set to 0.05 mm or more and 0.5 mm or less. In this case, the rotating body 49 causes the mesh belt 46 to be damaged without being damaged. One web W1 can be divided efficiently.
なお、回転体49は、回転体49の羽根がメッシュベルト46に衝突しない位置に設置されることが好ましい。例えば、回転体49の羽根の先端とメッシュベルト46との間隔を、0.05mm以上0.5mm以下とすることができ、この場合、回転体49によって、メッシュベルト46に損傷を与えることなく第1ウェブW1を効率よく分断できる。 Although the structure of the
The rotating
回転体49によって分断された細分体Pは、管7の内部を下降して、管7の内部を流れる気流によって混合部50へ移送(搬送)される。
また、回転体49を含む空間には、加湿部206により加湿空気が供給される。これにより、管7の内部や、回転体49の羽根に対し、静電気により繊維が吸着する現象を抑制できる。また、管7を通って、湿度の高い空気が混合部50に供給されるので、混合部50においても静電気による影響を抑制できる。 The subdivided body P divided by the rotatingbody 49 descends inside the tube 7 and is transferred (conveyed) to the mixing unit 50 by the airflow flowing inside the tube 7.
Further, humidified air is supplied to the space including therotating body 49 by the humidifying unit 206. Thereby, the phenomenon that fibers are adsorbed by static electricity to the inside of the tube 7 and the blades of the rotating body 49 can be suppressed. In addition, since high-humidity air is supplied to the mixing unit 50 through the pipe 7, the influence of static electricity can also be suppressed in the mixing unit 50.
また、回転体49を含む空間には、加湿部206により加湿空気が供給される。これにより、管7の内部や、回転体49の羽根に対し、静電気により繊維が吸着する現象を抑制できる。また、管7を通って、湿度の高い空気が混合部50に供給されるので、混合部50においても静電気による影響を抑制できる。 The subdivided body P divided by the rotating
Further, humidified air is supplied to the space including the
混合部50は、樹脂を含む添加物を供給する添加物供給部52、管7に連通し、細分体Pを含む気流が流れる管54、及び、混合ブロアー56を備える。細分体Pは、上述のように選別部40を通過した第1選別物から除去物を除去した繊維である。混合部50は、細分体Pを構成する繊維に、樹脂を含む添加物を混合する。添加物は、例えば、繊維を結合させる結合材として作用する。
混合部50では、混合ブロアー56によって気流を発生させ、管54中において、細分体Pと添加物とを混合させながら、搬送する。また、細分体Pは、管7及び管54の内部を流れる過程でほぐされて、より細かい繊維状となる。 The mixingunit 50 includes an additive supply unit 52 that supplies an additive containing a resin, a tube 54 that communicates with the tube 7 and through which an airflow including the subdivided body P flows, and a mixing blower 56. The subdivided body P is a fiber obtained by removing the removed material from the first sorted product that has passed through the sorting unit 40 as described above. The mixing unit 50 mixes an additive containing a resin with the fibers constituting the subdivided body P. The additive acts, for example, as a binder that binds the fibers.
In the mixingunit 50, an air flow is generated by the mixing blower 56, and is conveyed while mixing the subdivided body P and the additive in the pipe 54. Moreover, the subdivided body P is loosened in the process of flowing through the inside of the tube 7 and the tube 54, and becomes a finer fiber.
混合部50では、混合ブロアー56によって気流を発生させ、管54中において、細分体Pと添加物とを混合させながら、搬送する。また、細分体Pは、管7及び管54の内部を流れる過程でほぐされて、より細かい繊維状となる。 The mixing
In the mixing
添加物供給部52には、図2に示すように、添加物を蓄積する添加物カートリッジ501(カートリッジ)が着脱可能に取り付けられる。添加物供給部52は、添加物カートリッジ501内部の添加物を管54に供給する。添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501に添加物を補充する構成を備えてもよい。添加物供給部52の構成については図2を参照して後述する。
As shown in FIG. 2, an additive cartridge 501 (cartridge) for accumulating additives is detachably attached to the additive supply unit 52. The additive supply unit 52 supplies the additive in the additive cartridge 501 to the pipe 54. A configuration may be provided in which the additive cartridge 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52 is replenished with the additive. The configuration of the additive supply unit 52 will be described later with reference to FIG.
添加物カートリッジ501に収容され、添加物供給部52が供給する添加物は、複数の繊維を結着させるための樹脂を含む。添加物に含まれる樹脂は、熱可塑性樹脂や熱硬化性樹脂であり、例えば、AS樹脂、ABS樹脂、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリスチレン、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリフェニレンエーテル、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ナイロン、ポリアミド、ポリカーボネート、ポリアセタール、ポリフェニレンサルファイド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、などである。これらの樹脂は、単独または適宜混合して用いてもよい。すなわち、添加物は、単一の物質を含んでもよいし、混合物であってもよく、それぞれ単一または複数の物質で構成される、複数種類の粒子を含んでもよい。また、添加物は、繊維状であってもよく、粉末状であってもよい。
The additive contained in the additive cartridge 501 and supplied by the additive supply unit 52 includes a resin for binding a plurality of fibers. The resin contained in the additive is a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin. For example, AS resin, ABS resin, polypropylene, polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, polystyrene, acrylic resin, polyester resin, polyethylene terephthalate, polyphenylene ether, poly Butylene terephthalate, nylon, polyamide, polycarbonate, polyacetal, polyphenylene sulfide, polyether ether ketone, and the like. These resins may be used alone or in combination. That is, the additive may contain a single substance, may be a mixture, or may contain a plurality of types of particles each composed of a single substance or a plurality of substances. The additive may be in the form of a fiber or powder.
添加物に含まれる樹脂は、加熱により溶融して複数の繊維同士を結着させる。従って、樹脂を繊維と混合させた状態で、樹脂が溶融する温度まで加熱されていない状態では、繊維同士は結着されない。
また、添加物供給部52が供給する添加物は、繊維を結着させる樹脂の他、製造されるシートの種類に応じて、繊維を着色するための着色剤や、繊維の凝集や樹脂の凝集を抑制するための凝集抑制剤、繊維等を燃えにくくするための難燃剤を含んでもよい。また、着色剤を含まない添加物は、無色、或いは無色と見なせる程度に薄い色であってもよいし、白色であってもよい。 The resin contained in the additive is melted by heating and binds a plurality of fibers. Accordingly, in a state where the resin is mixed with the fibers and not heated to a temperature at which the resin melts, the fibers are not bound to each other.
In addition to the resin that binds the fiber, the additive supplied by theadditive supply unit 52 includes a colorant for coloring the fiber, fiber aggregation, and resin aggregation depending on the type of sheet to be manufactured. It may also contain a coagulation inhibitor for suppressing odor, and a flame retardant for making the fibers difficult to burn. Moreover, the additive which does not contain a colorant may be colorless or light enough to be considered colorless, or may be white.
また、添加物供給部52が供給する添加物は、繊維を結着させる樹脂の他、製造されるシートの種類に応じて、繊維を着色するための着色剤や、繊維の凝集や樹脂の凝集を抑制するための凝集抑制剤、繊維等を燃えにくくするための難燃剤を含んでもよい。また、着色剤を含まない添加物は、無色、或いは無色と見なせる程度に薄い色であってもよいし、白色であってもよい。 The resin contained in the additive is melted by heating and binds a plurality of fibers. Accordingly, in a state where the resin is mixed with the fibers and not heated to a temperature at which the resin melts, the fibers are not bound to each other.
In addition to the resin that binds the fiber, the additive supplied by the
混合ブロアー56が発生する気流により、管7を降下する細分体P、及び、添加物供給部52により供給される添加物は、管54の内部に吸引され、混合ブロアー56内部を通過する。混合ブロアー56が発生する気流、及び/または、混合ブロアー56が有する羽根等の回転部の作用により、細分体Pを構成した繊維と添加物とが混合され、この混合物(第1選別物と添加物との混合物)は管54を通って堆積部60に移送される。
The subdivided body P descending the pipe 7 and the additive supplied by the additive supply unit 52 are sucked into the pipe 54 and pass through the inside of the mixing blower 56 due to the air flow generated by the mixing blower 56. The fibers constituting the subdivided body P and the additive are mixed by the action of the air flow generated by the mixing blower 56 and / or the rotating part such as the blades of the mixing blower 56, and this mixture (the first sort and the addition) is mixed. Mixture) is transferred to the deposition section 60 through the tube 54.
なお、第1選別物と添加物とを混合させる機構は、特に限定されず、高速回転する羽根により攪拌するものであってもよいし、V型ミキサーのように容器の回転を利用するものであってもよく、これらの機構を混合ブロアー56の前または後に設置してもよい。
In addition, the mechanism which mixes a 1st selection material and an additive is not specifically limited, It may stir with the blade | wing which rotates at high speed, and uses rotation of a container like a V-type mixer. These mechanisms may be installed before or after the mixing blower 56.
堆積部60は、解繊部20で解繊された解繊物を堆積させる。より具合的には、堆積部60は、混合部50を通過した混合物を導入口62から導入し、絡み合った解繊物(繊維)をほぐして、空気中で分散させながら降らせる。さらに、堆積部60は、添加物供給部52から供給される添加物の樹脂が繊維状である場合、絡み合った樹脂をほぐす。これにより、堆積部60は、第2ウェブ形成部70に、混合物を均一性よく堆積させることができる。
The deposition unit 60 deposits the defibrated material that has been defibrated by the defibrating unit 20. More specifically, the depositing unit 60 introduces the mixture that has passed through the mixing unit 50 from the introduction port 62, loosens the entangled defibrated material (fibers), and lowers it while dispersing it in the air. Furthermore, when the additive resin supplied from the additive supply unit 52 is fibrous, the deposition unit 60 loosens the entangled resin. Thereby, the deposition unit 60 can deposit the mixture on the second web forming unit 70 with good uniformity.
堆積部60は、ドラム部61と、ドラム部61を収容するハウジング部(覆い部)63と、を有する。ドラム部61は、モーターによって回転駆動される円筒の篩である。ドラム部61は、網(フィルター、スクリーン)を有し、篩(ふるい)として機能する。この網の目により、ドラム部61は、網の目開き(開口)のより小さい繊維や粒子を通過させ、ドラム部61から下降させる。ドラム部61の構成は、例えば、ドラム部41の構成と同じである。
The accumulation unit 60 includes a drum unit 61 and a housing unit (covering unit) 63 that accommodates the drum unit 61. The drum unit 61 is a cylindrical sieve that is rotationally driven by a motor. The drum portion 61 has a net (filter, screen) and functions as a sieve. Due to the mesh, the drum portion 61 allows fibers and particles having a smaller mesh opening (opening) to pass through and lowers the drum portion 61 from the drum portion 61. The configuration of the drum unit 61 is the same as the configuration of the drum unit 41, for example.
なお、ドラム部61の「篩」は、特定の対象物を選別する機能を有していなくてもよい。すなわち、ドラム部61として用いられる「篩」とは、網を備えたもの、という意味であり、ドラム部61は、ドラム部61に導入された混合物の全てを降らしてもよい。
The “sieving” of the drum unit 61 may not have a function of selecting a specific object. That is, the “sieving” used as the drum part 61 means a thing provided with a net, and the drum part 61 may drop all of the mixture introduced into the drum part 61.
ドラム部61の下方には第2ウェブ形成部70が配置される。第2ウェブ形成部70は、堆積部60を通過した通過物を堆積して、第2ウェブW2を形成する。第2ウェブ形成部70は、例えば、メッシュベルト72と、ローラー74と、サクション機構76と、を有する。堆積部60、及び、第2ウェブ形成部70は、ウェブ形成部に相当する。また、ドラム部61は、篩部に相当し、第2ウェブ形成部70(特に、メッシュベルト72)は、堆積部に相当する。
A second web forming unit 70 is disposed below the drum unit 61. The 2nd web formation part 70 accumulates the passage thing which passed the accumulation part 60, and forms the 2nd web W2. The 2nd web formation part 70 has the mesh belt 72, the roller 74, and the suction mechanism 76, for example. The deposition unit 60 and the second web forming unit 70 correspond to a web forming unit. The drum portion 61 corresponds to a sieve portion, and the second web forming portion 70 (particularly, the mesh belt 72) corresponds to a deposition portion.
メッシュベルト72は無端形状のベルトであって、複数のローラー74に懸架され、ローラー74の動きにより、図中矢印V2で示す方向に搬送される。メッシュベルト72は、例えば、金属製、樹脂製、布製、あるいは不織布等である。メッシュベルト72の表面は所定サイズの開口が並ぶ網で構成される。ドラム部61から降下する繊維や粒子のうち、網の目を通過するサイズの微粒子はメッシュベルト72の下方に落下し、網の目を通過できないサイズの繊維がメッシュベルト72に堆積し、メッシュベルト72とともに矢印方向に搬送される。メッシュベルト72は、シートSを製造する運転動作中には、一定の速度V2で移動する。運転動作については上述した通りである。
The mesh belt 72 is an endless belt, is suspended on a plurality of rollers 74, and is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow V2 in the drawing by the movement of the rollers 74. The mesh belt 72 is made of, for example, metal, resin, cloth, or non-woven fabric. The surface of the mesh belt 72 is configured by a net having openings of a predetermined size. Among the fibers and particles descending from the drum unit 61, fine particles having a size that passes through the mesh drops to the lower side of the mesh belt 72, and fibers having a size that cannot pass through the mesh are deposited on the mesh belt 72. 72 is conveyed in the direction of the arrow. During the driving operation for manufacturing the sheet S, the mesh belt 72 moves at a constant speed V2. The driving operation is as described above.
メッシュベルト72の移動速度V2は、第2ウェブW2を搬送する速度と見なすことができ、速度V2は、メッシュベルト72における第2ウェブW2の搬送速度ということができる。
The moving speed V2 of the mesh belt 72 can be regarded as a speed at which the second web W2 is conveyed, and the speed V2 can be referred to as a conveying speed of the second web W2 in the mesh belt 72.
メッシュベルト72の網の目は微細であり、ドラム部61から降下する繊維や粒子の大半を通過させないサイズとすることができる。
サクション機構76は、メッシュベルト72の下方(堆積部60側とは反対側)に設けられる。サクション機構76は、サクションブロアー77を備え、サクションブロアー77の吸引力によって、サクション機構76に下方に向く気流(堆積部60からメッシュベルト72に向く気流)を発生させることができる。 The mesh of themesh belt 72 is fine and can be sized so that most of the fibers and particles descending from the drum portion 61 are not allowed to pass through.
Thesuction mechanism 76 is provided below the mesh belt 72 (on the side opposite to the accumulation unit 60 side). The suction mechanism 76 includes a suction blower 77, and can generate an air flow (an air flow directed from the accumulation portion 60 toward the mesh belt 72) downward to the suction mechanism 76 by the suction force of the suction blower 77.
サクション機構76は、メッシュベルト72の下方(堆積部60側とは反対側)に設けられる。サクション機構76は、サクションブロアー77を備え、サクションブロアー77の吸引力によって、サクション機構76に下方に向く気流(堆積部60からメッシュベルト72に向く気流)を発生させることができる。 The mesh of the
The
サクション機構76によって、堆積部60により空気中に分散された混合物をメッシュベルト72上に吸引する。これにより、メッシュベルト72上における第2ウェブW2の形成を促進し、堆積部60からの排出速度を大きくすることができる。さらに、サクション機構76によって、混合物の落下経路にダウンフローを形成することができ、落下中に解繊物や添加物が絡み合うことを防ぐことができる。
サクションブロアー77(堆積吸引部)は、サクション機構76から吸引した空気を、図示しない捕集フィルターを通じて、シート製造装置100の外に排出してもよい。或いは、サクションブロアー77が吸引した空気を集塵部27に送り込み、サクション機構76が吸引した空気に含まれる除去物を捕集してもよい。 The mixture dispersed in the air by thedeposition unit 60 is sucked onto the mesh belt 72 by the suction mechanism 76. Thereby, formation of the 2nd web W2 on the mesh belt 72 can be accelerated | stimulated, and the discharge speed from the deposition part 60 can be enlarged. Furthermore, the suction mechanism 76 can form a downflow in the dropping path of the mixture, and can prevent the defibrated material and additives from being entangled during the dropping.
The suction blower 77 (deposition suction unit) may discharge the air sucked from thesuction mechanism 76 out of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 through a collection filter (not shown). Alternatively, the air sucked by the suction blower 77 may be sent to the dust collecting unit 27 and the removed matter contained in the air sucked by the suction mechanism 76 may be collected.
サクションブロアー77(堆積吸引部)は、サクション機構76から吸引した空気を、図示しない捕集フィルターを通じて、シート製造装置100の外に排出してもよい。或いは、サクションブロアー77が吸引した空気を集塵部27に送り込み、サクション機構76が吸引した空気に含まれる除去物を捕集してもよい。 The mixture dispersed in the air by the
The suction blower 77 (deposition suction unit) may discharge the air sucked from the
ドラム部61を含む空間には、加湿部208により加湿空気が供給される。この加湿空気によって、堆積部60の内部を加湿することができ、静電力によるハウジング部63への繊維や粒子の付着を抑え、繊維や粒子をメッシュベルト72に速やかに降下させ、好ましい形状の第2ウェブW2を形成させることができる。
Humidified air is supplied to the space including the drum unit 61 by the humidifying unit 208. The humidified air can humidify the inside of the accumulation portion 60, suppress the adhesion of fibers and particles to the housing portion 63 due to electrostatic force, and quickly drop the fibers and particles onto the mesh belt 72, so Two webs W2 can be formed.
以上のように、堆積部60及び第2ウェブ形成部70(ウェブ形成工程)を経ることにより、空気を多く含み柔らかくふくらんだ状態の第2ウェブW2が形成される。メッシュベルト72に堆積された第2ウェブW2は、シート形成部80へと搬送される。
As described above, the second web W2 containing a large amount of air and softly inflated is formed by passing through the depositing unit 60 and the second web forming unit 70 (web forming step). The second web W2 deposited on the mesh belt 72 is conveyed to the sheet forming unit 80.
メッシュベルト72の搬送経路において、堆積部60の下流側には、加湿部212によって、ミストを含む空気が供給される。これにより、加湿部212が生成するミストが第2ウェブW2に供給され、第2ウェブW2が含む水分量が調整される。これにより、静電気によるメッシュベルト72への繊維の吸着等を抑制できる。
In the conveyance path of the mesh belt 72, air containing mist is supplied by the humidifying unit 212 to the downstream side of the deposition unit 60. Thereby, the mist which the humidification part 212 produces | generates is supplied to the 2nd web W2, and the moisture content which the 2nd web W2 contains is adjusted. Thereby, adsorption | suction etc. of the fiber to the mesh belt 72 by static electricity can be suppressed.
シート製造装置100には、メッシュベルト72上の第2ウェブW2を、シート形成部80に搬送する搬送部79が設けられる。搬送部79は、例えば、メッシュベルト79aと、ローラー79bと、サクション機構79cと、を有する。
The sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is provided with a transport unit 79 that transports the second web W2 on the mesh belt 72 to the sheet forming unit 80. The conveyance unit 79 includes, for example, a mesh belt 79a, a roller 79b, and a suction mechanism 79c.
サクション機構79cは、中間ブロアー318(図3)を備え、中間ブロアー318の吸引力によってメッシュベルト79aに上向きの気流を発生させる。この気流は第2ウェブW2を吸引し、第2ウェブW2は、メッシュベルト72から離れてメッシュベルト79aに吸着される。メッシュベルト79aは、ローラー79bの自転により移動し、第2ウェブW2をシート形成部80に搬送する。
このように、搬送部79は、メッシュベルト72に形成された第2ウェブW2を、メッシュベルト72から剥がして搬送する。 Thesuction mechanism 79c includes an intermediate blower 318 (FIG. 3), and generates an upward airflow on the mesh belt 79a by the suction force of the intermediate blower 318. This air flow sucks the second web W2, and the second web W2 is separated from the mesh belt 72 and is adsorbed by the mesh belt 79a. The mesh belt 79a moves by the rotation of the roller 79b, and conveys the second web W2 to the sheet forming unit 80.
Thus, theconveyance unit 79 peels and conveys the second web W2 formed on the mesh belt 72 from the mesh belt 72.
このように、搬送部79は、メッシュベルト72に形成された第2ウェブW2を、メッシュベルト72から剥がして搬送する。 The
Thus, the
シート形成部80は、堆積部60で堆積させた堆積物からシートSを形成する。より具体的には、シート形成部80は、メッシュベルト72に堆積し搬送部79により搬送された第2ウェブW2(堆積物)を、加圧加熱してシートSを成形する。シート形成部80では、第2ウェブW2が含む解繊物の繊維、及び添加物に対して熱を加えることにより、混合物中の複数の繊維を、互いに添加物(樹脂)を介して結着させる。シート形成部80は、シート成形部、及び、最大荷重搬送部に相当する。
The sheet forming unit 80 forms the sheet S from the deposit accumulated in the accumulation unit 60. More specifically, the sheet forming unit 80 forms the sheet S by pressurizing and heating the second web W2 (deposit) deposited on the mesh belt 72 and conveyed by the conveying unit 79. In the sheet forming unit 80, the fibers of the defibrated material included in the second web W2 and the additive are heated to bind the plurality of fibers in the mixture to each other via the additive (resin). . The sheet forming unit 80 corresponds to a sheet forming unit and a maximum load conveying unit.
シート形成部80は、第2ウェブW2を加圧する加圧部82、及び、加圧部82により加圧された第2ウェブW2を加熱する加熱部84を備える。
加圧部82は、一対のカレンダーローラー85(加圧ローラー)で構成され、第2ウェブW2を所定のニップ圧で挟んで加圧する。第2ウェブW2は、加圧されることによりその厚さが小さくなり、第2ウェブW2の密度が高められる。一対のカレンダーローラー85の一方は、加圧部駆動モーター335(図3)により駆動される駆動ローラーであり、他方は従動ローラーである。カレンダーローラー85は、加圧部駆動モーター335の駆動力により回転して、加圧により高密度になった第2ウェブW2を、加熱部84に向けて搬送する。 Thesheet forming unit 80 includes a pressurizing unit 82 that pressurizes the second web W2 and a heating unit 84 that heats the second web W2 pressurized by the pressurizing unit 82.
Thepressure unit 82 includes a pair of calendar rollers 85 (pressure rollers), and presses the second web W2 with a predetermined nip pressure. The second web W2 is reduced in thickness by being pressurized, and the density of the second web W2 is increased. One of the pair of calendar rollers 85 is a driving roller driven by a pressurizing unit driving motor 335 (FIG. 3), and the other is a driven roller. The calendar roller 85 is rotated by the driving force of the pressurizing unit driving motor 335 and conveys the second web W <b> 2 having a high density due to pressurization toward the heating unit 84.
加圧部82は、一対のカレンダーローラー85(加圧ローラー)で構成され、第2ウェブW2を所定のニップ圧で挟んで加圧する。第2ウェブW2は、加圧されることによりその厚さが小さくなり、第2ウェブW2の密度が高められる。一対のカレンダーローラー85の一方は、加圧部駆動モーター335(図3)により駆動される駆動ローラーであり、他方は従動ローラーである。カレンダーローラー85は、加圧部駆動モーター335の駆動力により回転して、加圧により高密度になった第2ウェブW2を、加熱部84に向けて搬送する。 The
The
加熱部84は、例えば、加熱ローラー(ヒーターローラー)、熱プレス成形機、ホットプレート、温風ブロアー、赤外線加熱器、フラッシュ加熱器を用いて構成できる。本実施形態では、加熱部84は、一対の加熱ローラー86を備える。加熱ローラー86は、内部または外部に設置されるヒーターによって、予め設定された温度に加温される。一対の加熱ローラー86の一方は加熱部駆動モーター337(図3)により駆動される駆動ローラーであり、他方は従動ローラーである。加熱ローラー86は、カレンダーローラー85によって加圧されたシートSを挟んで熱を与え、シートSを形成する。加熱ローラー86は、加熱部駆動モーター337の駆動力により回転して、シートSを切断部90に向けて搬送する。
The heating unit 84 can be configured using, for example, a heating roller (heater roller), a hot press molding machine, a hot plate, a hot air blower, an infrared heater, and a flash heater. In the present embodiment, the heating unit 84 includes a pair of heating rollers 86. The heating roller 86 is heated to a preset temperature by a heater installed inside or outside. One of the pair of heating rollers 86 is a driving roller driven by a heating unit driving motor 337 (FIG. 3), and the other is a driven roller. The heating roller 86 heats the sheet S pressed by the calendar roller 85 to form the sheet S. The heating roller 86 is rotated by the driving force of the heating unit driving motor 337 and conveys the sheet S toward the cutting unit 90.
なお、加圧部82が備えるカレンダーローラー85の数、及び、加熱部84が備える加熱ローラー86の数は、特に限定されない。
In addition, the number of the calender rollers 85 included in the pressing unit 82 and the number of the heating rollers 86 included in the heating unit 84 are not particularly limited.
また、シート製造装置100がシートSを製造する工程において、第2ウェブW2とシートSとの境界は任意である。本実施形態では、第2ウェブW2を処理してシートSに形成するシート形成部80において、加圧部82により第2ウェブW2を加圧し、加圧部82により加圧された第2ウェブを、さらに加熱部84により加熱したものをシートSと呼ぶ。すなわち繊維同士が添加剤により結着したものをシートSと呼ぶ。シートSは、切断部90に搬送される。
Further, in the process of manufacturing the sheet S by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, the boundary between the second web W2 and the sheet S is arbitrary. In the present embodiment, in the sheet forming unit 80 that processes the second web W <b> 2 and forms it on the sheet S, the second web W <b> 2 is pressed by the pressing unit 82, and the second web pressed by the pressing unit 82 is used. Further, the sheet heated by the heating unit 84 is called a sheet S. In other words, a sheet in which fibers are bound by an additive is referred to as a sheet S. The sheet S is conveyed to the cutting unit 90.
切断部90は、シート形成部80によって成形されたシートSを切断する。本実施形態では、切断部90は、シートSの搬送方向(図中F)と交差する方向にシートSを切断する第1切断部92と、搬送方向Fに平行な方向にシートSを切断する第2切断部94と、を有する。第2切断部94は、例えば、第1切断部92を通過したシートSを切断する。
The cutting unit 90 cuts the sheet S formed by the sheet forming unit 80. In the present embodiment, the cutting unit 90 cuts the sheet S in a direction parallel to the conveyance direction F, and a first cutting unit 92 that cuts the sheet S in a direction that intersects the conveyance direction (F in the drawing) of the sheet S. A second cutting portion 94. The second cutting unit 94 cuts the sheet S that has passed through the first cutting unit 92, for example.
以上により、所定のサイズの単票のシートSが成形される。切断された単票のシートSは、排出部97へと排出される。
Thus, a single-sheet sheet S having a predetermined size is formed. The cut sheet S is discharged to the discharge unit 97.
排出部97は、切断部90でカットされた所定サイズのシートSを載せる複数の排出トレイ902、及び、排出トレイ902を切り替える排出切替部903を備える。排出トレイ902は、それぞれ、シートSを蓄積する。排出切替部903は、複数の排出トレイ902のうちいずれか1を選択し、選択した排出トレイ902に、切断部90で切断され排出されたシートSを搬送する。例えば、排出切替部903は、各々の排出トレイ902にシートSを搬送する搬送用のローラーやガイドを含む搬送部(図示略)と、搬送部の動作を切り替えるアクチュエーター等(図示略)とを備える。
The discharge unit 97 includes a plurality of discharge trays 902 on which sheets S of a predetermined size cut by the cutting unit 90 are placed, and a discharge switching unit 903 that switches the discharge trays 902. Each of the discharge trays 902 accumulates sheets S. The discharge switching unit 903 selects any one of the plurality of discharge trays 902 and conveys the sheet S cut and discharged by the cutting unit 90 to the selected discharge tray 902. For example, the discharge switching unit 903 includes a transport unit (not shown) including transport rollers and guides that transport the sheet S to each discharge tray 902, and an actuator (not shown) that switches the operation of the transport unit. .
上記構成において、加湿部202、204、206、208を1台の気化式加湿器で構成してもよい。この場合、1台の加湿器が生成する加湿空気が、粗砕部12、ハウジング部43、管7、及びハウジング部63に分岐して供給される構成とすればよい。この構成は、加湿空気を供給するダクト(図示略)を分岐して設置することにより、容易に実現できる。また、2台、或いは3台の気化式加湿器によって加湿部202、204、206、208を構成することも勿論可能である。
In the above configuration, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 may be configured by a single vaporizing humidifier. In this case, the humidified air generated by one humidifier may be branched and supplied to the crushing unit 12, the housing unit 43, the pipe 7, and the housing unit 63. This configuration can be easily realized by branching and installing a duct (not shown) for supplying humidified air. Of course, the humidifying sections 202, 204, 206, and 208 can be configured by two or three vaporizing humidifiers.
また、上記構成において、加湿部210、212を1台の超音波式加湿器で構成してもよいし、2台の超音波式加湿器で構成してもよい。例えば、1台の加湿器が生成するミストを含む空気が、加湿部210、及び加湿部212に分岐して供給される構成とすることができる。
Further, in the above configuration, the humidifying units 210 and 212 may be configured by one ultrasonic humidifier or may be configured by two ultrasonic humidifiers. For example, the air containing the mist which one humidifier produces | generates can be set as the structure branched and supplied to the humidification part 210 and the humidification part 212. FIG.
また、上述したシート製造装置100が備えるブロアーは、解繊部ブロアー26、捕集ブロアー28、混合ブロアー56、サクションブロアー77、及び、中間ブロアー318に限定されない。例えば、上述した各ブロアーを補助する送風機をダクトに設けることも、勿論可能である。
Further, the blowers included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described above are not limited to the defibrating unit blower 26, the collection blower 28, the mixing blower 56, the suction blower 77, and the intermediate blower 318. For example, it is of course possible to provide a blower for assisting each blower described above in the duct.
また、上記構成では、最初に粗砕部12が原料を粗砕し、粗砕された原料からシートSを製造するものとしたが、例えば、原料として繊維を用いてシートSを製造する構成とすることも可能である。
例えば、解繊部20が解繊処理した解繊物と同等の繊維を原料として、ドラム部41に投入可能な構成であってもよい。また、解繊物から分離された第1選別物と同等の繊維を原料として、管54に投入可能な構成とすればよい。この場合、古紙やパルプ等を加工した繊維をシート製造装置100に供給することで、シートSを製造できる。 In the above configuration, the crushingunit 12 first crushes the raw material and manufactures the sheet S from the raw material that has been crushed. For example, a configuration in which the sheet S is manufactured using fibers as the raw material, It is also possible to do.
For example, the structure which can be thrown into thedrum part 41 by using the fiber equivalent to the defibrated material which the defibrating part 20 defibrated may be sufficient. Moreover, what is necessary is just to set it as the structure which can be thrown into the pipe | tube 54 by using the fiber equivalent to the 1st selection thing isolate | separated from the defibrated material as a raw material. In this case, the sheet S can be manufactured by supplying fibers processed from waste paper or pulp to the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
例えば、解繊部20が解繊処理した解繊物と同等の繊維を原料として、ドラム部41に投入可能な構成であってもよい。また、解繊物から分離された第1選別物と同等の繊維を原料として、管54に投入可能な構成とすればよい。この場合、古紙やパルプ等を加工した繊維をシート製造装置100に供給することで、シートSを製造できる。 In the above configuration, the crushing
For example, the structure which can be thrown into the
2.添加物供給部の構成
図2は、添加物供給部52の構成を示す模式図である。
添加物供給部52は、樹脂を含む添加物を収容する添加物収容部としての添加物カートリッジ501を備える。添加物カートリッジ501は、内部が中空とされた箱型に形成され、添加物供給部52の排出部52aの上部に装着される。添加物カートリッジ501が装着された状態で、排出部52aは、添加物カートリッジ501の内部空間に連通し、添加物カートリッジ501内部の添加物が排出部52aに流下する。 2. Configuration of Additive Supply Unit FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of theadditive supply unit 52.
Theadditive supply unit 52 includes an additive cartridge 501 as an additive storage unit that stores an additive containing a resin. The additive cartridge 501 is formed in a box shape having a hollow inside, and is mounted on the upper part of the discharge part 52 a of the additive supply part 52. With the additive cartridge 501 mounted, the discharge part 52a communicates with the internal space of the additive cartridge 501, and the additive inside the additive cartridge 501 flows down to the discharge part 52a.
図2は、添加物供給部52の構成を示す模式図である。
添加物供給部52は、樹脂を含む添加物を収容する添加物収容部としての添加物カートリッジ501を備える。添加物カートリッジ501は、内部が中空とされた箱型に形成され、添加物供給部52の排出部52aの上部に装着される。添加物カートリッジ501が装着された状態で、排出部52aは、添加物カートリッジ501の内部空間に連通し、添加物カートリッジ501内部の添加物が排出部52aに流下する。 2. Configuration of Additive Supply Unit FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating the configuration of the
The
排出部52aは、供給管52cを介して管54に接続され、排出部52aから管54に、添加物が流れる構成となっている。排出部52aと供給管52cとの間には、供給調整部52bが配設される。供給調整部52bは、排出部52aから供給管52cへ流入する添加物の量を調整する機構である。例えば、供給調整部52bは、排出部52aから供給管52cへの添加物の流入を止めるシャッター(図示略)、シャッターが開いた状態で排出部52aから添加物を供給管52cへ送り出すスクリューフィーダー(図示略)等を備える構成とすることができる。また、供給調整部52bはシャッターの開度を調整する機構を備えてもよい。
The discharge part 52a is connected to the pipe 54 via the supply pipe 52c, and the additive flows from the discharge part 52a to the pipe 54. A supply adjustment unit 52b is disposed between the discharge unit 52a and the supply pipe 52c. The supply adjustment unit 52b is a mechanism that adjusts the amount of the additive flowing into the supply pipe 52c from the discharge unit 52a. For example, the supply adjustment unit 52b has a shutter (not shown) that stops the inflow of the additive from the discharge unit 52a to the supply pipe 52c, and a screw feeder that sends the additive from the discharge unit 52a to the supply pipe 52c with the shutter open ( (Not shown) or the like. The supply adjustment unit 52b may include a mechanism for adjusting the opening of the shutter.
添加物供給部52には、複数の添加物カートリッジ501を装着可能であり、排出部52a、供給調整部52b、及び供給管52cは、各々の添加物カートリッジ501に対応して設けられる。本実施形態では、7個の添加物カートリッジ501を添加物供給部52に装着できる。各々の添加物カートリッジ501に収容される添加物の種類は任意である。例えば、異なる色の添加物をそれぞれ収容した添加物カートリッジ501を装着することで、添加物供給部52から、イエローの添加物、マゼンタの添加物、シアンの添加物をそれぞれ管54に供給できる。また、白色の添加物、無色(プレーン)の添加物等を収容した添加物カートリッジ501を装着してもよいし、他の色の添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501を装着してもよい。
A plurality of additive cartridges 501 can be attached to the additive supply unit 52, and a discharge unit 52a, a supply adjustment unit 52b, and a supply pipe 52c are provided corresponding to each additive cartridge 501. In the present embodiment, seven additive cartridges 501 can be attached to the additive supply unit 52. The kind of additive contained in each additive cartridge 501 is arbitrary. For example, by attaching an additive cartridge 501 that contains additives of different colors, yellow additive, magenta additive, and cyan additive can be supplied to the tube 54 from the additive supply unit 52, respectively. Further, an additive cartridge 501 containing a white additive, a colorless (plain) additive, or the like may be attached, or an additive cartridge 501 containing an additive of another color may be attached.
添加物供給部52は、添加物供給部52に装着される複数の添加物カートリッジ501のうち、いずれか1以上の添加物カートリッジ501から添加物を供給できる。例えば、制御装置110が添加物供給部52を制御して、イエローの添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501、及び、シアンの添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501から添加物を供給することで、緑色のシートSを製造できる。
The additive supply unit 52 can supply the additive from one or more additive cartridges 501 among the plurality of additive cartridges 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52. For example, the control device 110 controls the additive supply unit 52 to supply the additive from the additive cartridge 501 containing the yellow additive and the additive cartridge 501 containing the cyan additive. A green sheet S can be manufactured.
3.制御系の構成
図3は、シート製造装置100の制御系の構成を示すブロック図である。
シート製造装置100が備える制御装置110は、シート製造装置100の各部を制御するメインプロセッサー111を有する。制御装置110は、メインプロセッサー111に接続されるROM(Read Only Memory)112、及びRAM(Random Access Memory)113を備える。メインプロセッサー111は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)等の演算処理装置であり、ROM112が記憶する基本制御プログラムを実行することにより、シート製造装置100の各部を制御する。メインプロセッサー111は、ROM112、RAM113等の周辺回路や他のIPコアを含むシステムチップとして構成されてもよい。 3. Configuration of Control System FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
Thecontrol device 110 included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a main processor 111 that controls each unit of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. The control device 110 includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 112 and a RAM (Random Access Memory) 113 connected to the main processor 111. The main processor 111 is an arithmetic processing unit such as a CPU (Central Processing Unit), and controls each part of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 by executing a basic control program stored in the ROM 112. The main processor 111 may be configured as a system chip including peripheral circuits such as the ROM 112 and the RAM 113 and other IP cores.
図3は、シート製造装置100の制御系の構成を示すブロック図である。
シート製造装置100が備える制御装置110は、シート製造装置100の各部を制御するメインプロセッサー111を有する。制御装置110は、メインプロセッサー111に接続されるROM(Read Only Memory)112、及びRAM(Random Access Memory)113を備える。メインプロセッサー111は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)等の演算処理装置であり、ROM112が記憶する基本制御プログラムを実行することにより、シート製造装置100の各部を制御する。メインプロセッサー111は、ROM112、RAM113等の周辺回路や他のIPコアを含むシステムチップとして構成されてもよい。 3. Configuration of Control System FIG. 3 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the control system of the
The
ROM112は、メインプロセッサー111が実行するプログラムを不揮発的に記憶する。RAM113は、メインプロセッサー111が使用するワークエリアを形成して、メインプロセッサー111が実行するプログラムや処理対象のデータを一時的に記憶する。
The ROM 112 stores a program executed by the main processor 111 in a nonvolatile manner. The RAM 113 forms a work area used by the main processor 111 and temporarily stores programs executed by the main processor 111 and data to be processed.
不揮発性記憶部120はメインプロセッサー111が実行するプログラムや、メインプロセッサー111が処理するデータを記憶する。不揮発性記憶部120は、例えば、設定データ121、及び、表示データ122を記憶する。設定データ121は、シート製造装置100の動作を設定するデータを含む。例えば、設定データ121は、シート製造装置100が備える各種センサーの特性や、各種センサーの検出値に基づきメインプロセッサー111が異常を検出する処理で使用される閾値等のデータを含む。表示データ122は、メインプロセッサー111が表示パネル116に表示させる画面のデータである。表示データ122は、固定的な画像データであってもよいし、メインプロセッサー111が生成或いは取得するデータを表示する画面表示を設定するデータであってもよい。
The nonvolatile storage unit 120 stores a program executed by the main processor 111 and data processed by the main processor 111. The nonvolatile storage unit 120 stores, for example, setting data 121 and display data 122. The setting data 121 includes data for setting the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. For example, the setting data 121 includes data such as characteristics of various sensors included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and threshold values used in processing in which the main processor 111 detects an abnormality based on detection values of the various sensors. The display data 122 is screen data that the main processor 111 displays on the display panel 116. The display data 122 may be fixed image data, or data for setting a screen display for displaying data generated or acquired by the main processor 111.
表示パネル116は、液晶ディスプレイ等の表示用のパネルであり、例えば、シート製造装置100の図示しない筐体(本体)の正面に設置される。表示パネル116は、メインプロセッサー111の制御に従って、シート製造装置100の動作状態、各種設定値、警告表示等を表示する。
The display panel 116 is a display panel such as a liquid crystal display, and is installed, for example, in front of a housing (main body) (not shown) of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. The display panel 116 displays the operation state of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, various setting values, warning display, and the like according to the control of the main processor 111.
タッチセンサー117は、タッチ(接触)操作や押圧操作を検出する。タッチセンサー117は、例えば、透明電極を有する圧力感知式あるいは静電容量式のセンサーで構成され、表示パネル116の表示面に重ねて配置される。タッチセンサー117は、操作を検出した場合、操作位置や操作位置の数を含む操作データをメインプロセッサー111に出力する。メインプロセッサー111は、タッチセンサー117の出力により、表示パネル116に対する操作を検出し、操作位置を取得する。メインプロセッサー111は、タッチセンサー117により検出した操作位置と、表示パネル116に表示中の表示データ122とに基づき、GUI(Graphical User Interface)操作を実現する。
Touch sensor 117 detects a touch (contact) operation or a press operation. The touch sensor 117 is composed of, for example, a pressure sensing type or capacitance type sensor having a transparent electrode, and is arranged on the display surface of the display panel 116. When the touch sensor 117 detects an operation, the touch sensor 117 outputs operation data including the operation position and the number of operation positions to the main processor 111. The main processor 111 detects an operation on the display panel 116 based on the output of the touch sensor 117 and acquires an operation position. The main processor 111 implements a GUI (Graphical User Interface) operation based on the operation position detected by the touch sensor 117 and the display data 122 being displayed on the display panel 116.
制御装置110はセンサーI/F(Interface)114を介して、シート製造装置100の各部に設置されたセンサーに接続される。センサーI/F114は、センサーが出力する検出値を取得してメインプロセッサー111に入力するインターフェイスである。センサーI/F114は、センサーが出力するアナログ信号をデジタルデータに変換するA/D(Analog/Digital)コンバーターを備えてもよい。また、センサーI/F114は、各センサーに駆動電流を供給してもよい。また、センサーI/F114は、各々のセンサーの出力値を、メインプロセッサー111が指定するサンプリング周波数に従って取得し、メインプロセッサー111に出力する回路を備えてもよい。
The control device 110 is connected to a sensor installed in each part of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 via a sensor I / F (Interface) 114. The sensor I / F 114 is an interface that acquires a detection value output from the sensor and inputs the detection value to the main processor 111. The sensor I / F 114 may include an A / D (Analog / Digital) converter that converts an analog signal output from the sensor into digital data. The sensor I / F 114 may supply a drive current to each sensor. Further, the sensor I / F 114 may include a circuit that acquires the output value of each sensor according to the sampling frequency specified by the main processor 111 and outputs the acquired value to the main processor 111.
センサーI/F114には、古紙残量センサー301、添加物残量センサー302、排紙センサー303、水量センサー304、風量センサー306、風速センサー307、及び、温度センサー309が接続される。
The sensor I / F 114 is connected to a used paper remaining amount sensor 301, an additive remaining amount sensor 302, a paper discharge sensor 303, a water amount sensor 304, an air amount sensor 306, an air speed sensor 307, and a temperature sensor 309.
古紙残量センサー301は、供給部10の各スタッカー11に蓄積される古紙(原料)の残量を検出するセンサーである。制御装置110は、古紙残量センサー301の検出値に基づいて、各スタッカー11に収容される古紙の有無、或いは残量を検出できる。
添加物残量センサー302は、添加物供給部52から供給可能な添加物の残量を検出するセンサーであり、複数の添加物カートリッジ501の各々に収容された添加物の残量を検出可能な構成であってもよい。制御装置110は、添加物残量センサー302の検出値に基づき、各々の添加物カートリッジ501における添加物の残量を求めることができ、或いは、添加物の残量が閾値以上か否かを判定することができる。 The used paper remainingamount sensor 301 is a sensor that detects the remaining amount of used paper (raw material) accumulated in each stacker 11 of the supply unit 10. The control device 110 can detect the presence or remaining amount of used paper stored in each stacker 11 based on the detection value of the used paper remaining amount sensor 301.
The additive remainingamount sensor 302 is a sensor that detects the remaining amount of additive that can be supplied from the additive supply unit 52, and can detect the remaining amount of additive contained in each of the plurality of additive cartridges 501. It may be a configuration. The control device 110 can determine the remaining amount of the additive in each additive cartridge 501 based on the detection value of the additive remaining amount sensor 302, or determines whether the remaining amount of the additive is equal to or greater than a threshold value. can do.
添加物残量センサー302は、添加物供給部52から供給可能な添加物の残量を検出するセンサーであり、複数の添加物カートリッジ501の各々に収容された添加物の残量を検出可能な構成であってもよい。制御装置110は、添加物残量センサー302の検出値に基づき、各々の添加物カートリッジ501における添加物の残量を求めることができ、或いは、添加物の残量が閾値以上か否かを判定することができる。 The used paper remaining
The additive remaining
排紙センサー303は、排出部97が有する各々の排出トレイ902に蓄積されたシートSの量を検出する。制御装置110は、例えば、排紙センサー303の検出値に基づいて、いずれかの排出トレイ902に蓄積されたシートSの量が設定値以上となったと判定した場合に、報知を行うことができる。また、排出切替部903により、シートSを蓄積する排出トレイ902が切り替えられた場合に、この切替が実際に行われたことを排出切替部903により検出してもよい。排出切替部903は、排出部97が備える全ての排出トレイ902におけるシートSの量を検出するものであってもよいし、いずれか1以上の排出トレイ902におけるシートSの量を検出してもよい。
The paper discharge sensor 303 detects the amount of sheets S accumulated in each discharge tray 902 included in the discharge unit 97. For example, the control device 110 can make a notification when it is determined that the amount of sheets S accumulated in any one of the discharge trays 902 is greater than or equal to a set value based on the detection value of the discharge sensor 303. . Further, when the discharge switching unit 903 switches the discharge tray 902 for storing the sheets S, the discharge switching unit 903 may detect that this switching has actually been performed. The discharge switching unit 903 may detect the amount of the sheet S in all the discharge trays 902 included in the discharge unit 97, or may detect the amount of the sheet S in any one or more discharge trays 902. Good.
水量センサー304は、シート製造装置100が内蔵する給水用タンク(図示略)の水量を検出するセンサーである。制御装置110は、水量センサー304が検出する水量が設定値を下回った場合に、報知を行う。また、水量センサー304は、気化式加湿器343及び/又はミスト式加湿器347のタンク(図示略)の残量を検出可能な構成としてもよい。
The water amount sensor 304 is a sensor that detects the amount of water in a water supply tank (not shown) built in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. The control device 110 performs notification when the amount of water detected by the water amount sensor 304 falls below a set value. The water amount sensor 304 may be configured to detect the remaining amount of a tank (not shown) of the vaporizing humidifier 343 and / or the mist humidifier 347.
風量センサー306は、シート製造装置100の内部を流れる空気の風量を検出する。また、風速センサー307は、シート製造装置100の内部を流れる空気の風速を検出する。制御装置110は、風量センサー306及び風速センサー307の検出値に基づいて、シート製造装置100内部におけるエアーフロー(材料搬送気流)の状態を判定できる。この判定結果に基づき、制御装置110は、解繊部ブロアー26や混合ブロアー56等の回転数を制御して、シート製造装置100内部のエアーフローの状態を適正に保持することができる。
The air volume sensor 306 detects the air volume of the air flowing inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. The wind speed sensor 307 detects the wind speed of the air flowing inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. The control device 110 can determine the state of airflow (material conveying airflow) inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 based on the detection values of the air volume sensor 306 and the wind speed sensor 307. Based on the determination result, the control device 110 can control the rotational speed of the defibrating unit blower 26, the mixing blower 56, and the like, and appropriately maintain the airflow state inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
温度センサー309は、加熱部84が備える加熱ローラー86の温度を検出するセンサーである。制御装置110は、温度センサー309の検出値に基づき、加熱ローラー86の温度、すなわち加熱ローラー86により第2ウェブW2を加熱する加熱温度を検出する。
The temperature sensor 309 is a sensor that detects the temperature of the heating roller 86 included in the heating unit 84. Based on the detection value of the temperature sensor 309, the control device 110 detects the temperature of the heating roller 86, that is, the heating temperature at which the second web W2 is heated by the heating roller 86.
制御装置110は、駆動部I/F(Interface)115を介して、シート製造装置100が備える各駆動部に接続される。駆動部I/F115には、シート製造装置100が備えるモーター、ポンプ、ヒーター等が接続される。これらを総称して駆動部と呼ぶが、特に、モーター等の物理的変位をもたらすものを駆動部とし、その他のヒーター等を動作部と呼ぶこともできる。なお、以下の説明において、駆動部とは、駆動部I/F115に接続され制御装置110の制御に従って機能を発揮する駆動部と動作部とを含む。
The control device 110 is connected to each drive unit included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 via a drive unit I / F (Interface) 115. The drive unit I / F 115 is connected to a motor, a pump, a heater, and the like included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. These are collectively referred to as a drive unit, and in particular, a component that causes physical displacement such as a motor may be referred to as a drive unit, and other heaters may be referred to as operation units. In the following description, the drive unit includes a drive unit and an operation unit that are connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and perform functions under the control of the control device 110.
駆動部I/F115は、上述した各駆動部に、駆動IC(Integrated Circuit)を介して接続されてもよい。駆動ICは、例えば、メインプロセッサー111の制御に従って駆動部に駆動電流を供給する回路であり、電力用半導体素子等で構成される。例えば、駆動ICは、インバーター回路や、ステッピングモーターを駆動する駆動回路とすることができ、その具体的構成及び仕様は、接続される駆動部に合わせて適宜に選択すればよい。
The driving unit I / F 115 may be connected to each of the above-described driving units via a driving IC (Integrated Circuit). The drive IC is, for example, a circuit that supplies a drive current to the drive unit under the control of the main processor 111, and includes a power semiconductor element or the like. For example, the drive IC can be an inverter circuit or a drive circuit that drives a stepping motor, and the specific configuration and specifications may be appropriately selected according to the drive unit to be connected.
粗砕部駆動モーター311は、駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御装置110の制御に従って、原料である古紙を裁断する裁断刃(図示略)を回転させる。
解繊部駆動モーター313は、駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御装置110の制御に従って、解繊部20が備えるローター(図示略)を回転させる。 The crushingunit drive motor 311 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and rotates a cutting blade (not shown) that cuts used paper as a raw material under the control of the control device 110.
The defibratingunit drive motor 313 is connected to the driving unit I / F 115 and rotates a rotor (not shown) included in the defibrating unit 20 in accordance with control of the control device 110.
解繊部駆動モーター313は、駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御装置110の制御に従って、解繊部20が備えるローター(図示略)を回転させる。 The crushing
The defibrating
給紙モーター315は、供給部10に取り付けられ、制御装置110の制御に従って、いずれかのスタッカー11から古紙を粗砕部12に供給する。例えば、給紙モーター315は、各々のスタッカー11に設けられて古紙をスタッカー11から送り出すローラー(図示略)に対し、選択的に結合して、ローラーを駆動する。制御部150の制御により、給紙モーター315は、いずれかのスタッカー11のローラーに係合して、ローラーを駆動して古紙を粗砕部12に供給する。
The paper feed motor 315 is attached to the supply unit 10 and supplies used paper from one of the stackers 11 to the crushing unit 12 under the control of the control device 110. For example, the paper feed motor 315 is selectively coupled to a roller (not shown) that is provided in each stacker 11 and feeds used paper from the stacker 11 to drive the roller. Under the control of the control unit 150, the paper feed motor 315 is engaged with any of the rollers of the stacker 11 and drives the rollers to supply used paper to the crushing unit 12.
添加物供給モーター317は、駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御装置110の制御に従って、供給調整部52bにおいて添加物を送り出すスクリューフィーダー(図示略)を駆動する。添加物供給モーター317は、供給調整部52bのシャッターを開閉させるものであってもよい。
The additive supply motor 317 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115, and drives a screw feeder (not shown) that feeds the additive in the supply adjustment unit 52b according to the control of the control device 110. The additive supply motor 317 may open and close the shutter of the supply adjustment unit 52b.
駆動部I/F115には、解繊部ブロアー26が接続される。同様に、駆動部I/F115には、混合ブロアー56、サクションブロアー77、中間ブロアー318、捕集ブロアー28が駆動部I/F115に接続される。この構成により、解繊部ブロアー26、混合ブロアー56、サクションブロアー77、中間ブロアー318、及び、捕集ブロアー28の始動及び停止を制御装置110が制御できる。中間ブロアー318は、搬送部79のサクション機構79cから吸引を行うブロアーである。制御装置110は、これらの各ブロアーによる吸引の開始/停止を制御でき、各ブロアーの回転数を制御可能な構成であってもよい。
The defibrating unit blower 26 is connected to the driving unit I / F 115. Similarly, a mixing blower 56, a suction blower 77, an intermediate blower 318, and a collection blower 28 are connected to the drive unit I / F 115 to the drive unit I / F 115. With this configuration, the controller 110 can control the start and stop of the defibrating unit blower 26, the mixing blower 56, the suction blower 77, the intermediate blower 318, and the collection blower 28. The intermediate blower 318 is a blower that performs suction from the suction mechanism 79 c of the transport unit 79. The control device 110 may be configured to be able to control the start / stop of suction by each of these blowers, and to be able to control the rotation speed of each blower.
また、駆動部I/F115には、ドラム駆動モーター325、ベルト駆動モーター327、分断部駆動モーター329、ドラム駆動モーター331、ベルト駆動モーター333、加圧部駆動モーター335、及び、加熱部駆動モーター337が接続される。
The driving unit I / F 115 includes a drum driving motor 325, a belt driving motor 327, a dividing unit driving motor 329, a drum driving motor 331, a belt driving motor 333, a pressurizing unit driving motor 335, and a heating unit driving motor 337. Is connected.
ドラム駆動モーター325は、ドラム部41を回転させるモーターである。ベルト駆動モーター327は、第1ウェブ形成部45のメッシュベルト46を動作させモーターである。分断部駆動モーター329は、回転体49を回転させるモーターである。ドラム駆動モーター331は、ドラム部61を回転させるモーターである。ベルト駆動モーター333は、メッシュベルト72を駆動するモーターである。また、加圧部駆動モーター335は、加圧部82のカレンダーローラー85を駆動するモーターである。加熱部駆動モーター337は、加熱部84の加熱ローラー86を駆動するモーターである。
制御装置110は、これら各モーターのON/OFFを制御する。また、制御装置110は、上記各モーターの回転数を制御可能な構成であってもよい。 Thedrum drive motor 325 is a motor that rotates the drum unit 41. The belt drive motor 327 is a motor that operates the mesh belt 46 of the first web forming unit 45. The dividing portion drive motor 329 is a motor that rotates the rotating body 49. The drum drive motor 331 is a motor that rotates the drum unit 61. The belt drive motor 333 is a motor that drives the mesh belt 72. The pressurizing unit driving motor 335 is a motor that drives the calendar roller 85 of the pressurizing unit 82. The heating unit driving motor 337 is a motor that drives the heating roller 86 of the heating unit 84.
Thecontrol device 110 controls ON / OFF of each of these motors. Further, the control device 110 may be configured to be able to control the rotation speed of each motor.
制御装置110は、これら各モーターのON/OFFを制御する。また、制御装置110は、上記各モーターの回転数を制御可能な構成であってもよい。 The
The
ヒーター339は、加熱ローラー86を加熱するヒーターである。ヒーター339は駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御装置110は、ヒーター339のON/OFFを制御する。また、ヒーター339が、出力を切り替え可能な構成であって、制御装置110がヒーター339の出力を制御することが可能な構成であってもよい。
The heater 339 is a heater that heats the heating roller 86. The heater 339 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115, and the control device 110 controls ON / OFF of the heater 339. Further, the heater 339 may be configured to switch the output, and the control device 110 may be configured to control the output of the heater 339.
ローラー移動部341は、加熱部84が備える変位機構(図示略)を動作させて、一対の加熱ローラー86を、ニップする第1位置、及び、ニップが解除された第2位置に変位させる。ローラー移動部341は、駆動部I/F115を介して制御装置110に接続され、制御装置110は、ローラー移動部341を制御し、加熱部84の第1位置と、第2位置とを切り替える。なお、第1位置において、一対の加熱ローラー86は、第2ウェブW2を挟持して加熱加圧することができればよく、互いに接触しなくてもよい。
The roller moving unit 341 operates a displacement mechanism (not shown) provided in the heating unit 84 to displace the pair of heating rollers 86 to the first position where the nip is released and to the second position where the nip is released. The roller moving unit 341 is connected to the control device 110 via the drive unit I / F 115, and the control device 110 controls the roller moving unit 341 to switch between the first position and the second position of the heating unit 84. In addition, in a 1st position, a pair of heating roller 86 should just pinch | interpose the 2nd web W2 and can heat-press, and does not need to contact each other.
気化式加湿器343は、水を貯留するタンク(図示略)、及び、タンクの水に浸潤されるフィルター(図示略)を備え、このフィルターに送風して加湿する装置である。気化式加湿器343は、駆動部I/F115に接続されるファン(図示略)を有し、制御装置110の制御に従ってフィルターへの送風をON/OFFする。本実施形態では、気化式加湿器343から加湿部202、204、206、208に対し、加湿空気を供給する。従って、加湿部202、204、206、208は、気化式加湿器343が供給する加湿空気を、粗砕部12、選別部40、管54、及び、堆積部60に供給する。なお、気化式加湿器343は、複数の気化式加湿器で構成されてもよい。この場合、それぞれの気化式加湿器の設置場所を、粗砕部12、選別部40、管54、及び、堆積部60のいずれかとしてもよい。
The vaporizing humidifier 343 is a device that includes a tank (not shown) that stores water and a filter (not shown) that is infiltrated into the water of the tank, and blows and humidifies the filter. The vaporizing humidifier 343 has a fan (not shown) connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and turns on / off the air to the filter according to the control of the control device 110. In the present embodiment, humidified air is supplied from the vaporizing humidifier 343 to the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208. Accordingly, the humidifying units 202, 204, 206, and 208 supply humidified air supplied from the vaporizing humidifier 343 to the crushing unit 12, the sorting unit 40, the pipe 54, and the deposition unit 60. Note that the vaporizing humidifier 343 may include a plurality of vaporizing humidifiers. In this case, the installation location of each vaporizing humidifier may be any of the crushing unit 12, the sorting unit 40, the pipe 54, and the deposition unit 60.
また、気化式加湿器343は、ファンによりフィルターに送風される風を加熱する加湿ヒーター345を備える。加湿ヒーター345は、気化式加湿器343が備えるファン(図示略)とは別に駆動部I/F115に接続される。制御装置110は、気化式加湿器343が備えるファンのON/OFFを制御し、気化式加湿器343の制御とは独立して、加湿ヒーター345のON/OFFを制御する。気化式加湿器343は本発明の加湿器に相当し、加湿ヒーター345は熱源に相当する。
Also, the vaporizing humidifier 343 includes a humidifying heater 345 that heats the air blown to the filter by the fan. The humidifying heater 345 is connected to the driving unit I / F 115 separately from a fan (not shown) provided in the vaporizing humidifier 343. The control device 110 controls ON / OFF of the fan included in the vaporizing humidifier 343 and controls ON / OFF of the humidifying heater 345 independently of the control of the vaporizing humidifier 343. The vaporizing humidifier 343 corresponds to the humidifier of the present invention, and the humidifying heater 345 corresponds to a heat source.
ミスト式加湿器347は、水を貯留するタンク(図示略)、及び、タンクの水に対し振動を与えて霧状の水滴(ミスト)を発生させる振動部(図示略)を備える。ミスト式加湿器347は、駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御部150の制御に従って振動部をON/OFFする。本実施形態では、ミスト式加湿器347から加湿部210、212に対し、ミストを含む空気を供給する。従って、加湿部210、212は、ミスト式加湿器347が供給するミストを含む空気を第1ウェブW1、及び第2ウェブW2のそれぞれに供給する。
The mist type humidifier 347 includes a tank (not shown) for storing water, and a vibration unit (not shown) that generates vibration of the water in the tank to generate mist-like water droplets (mist). The mist type humidifier 347 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and turns the vibration unit ON / OFF according to the control of the control unit 150. In the present embodiment, air containing mist is supplied from the mist type humidifier 347 to the humidifying units 210 and 212. Accordingly, the humidifying units 210 and 212 supply air including the mist supplied from the mist type humidifier 347 to each of the first web W1 and the second web W2.
給水ポンプ349は、シート製造装置100の外部から水を吸引し、シート製造装置100の内部に備えるタンク(図示略)に水を取り込むポンプである。例えば、シート製造装置100を始動する際に、シート製造装置100を操作するオペレーターが給水用タンクに水を入れてセットする。シート製造装置100は、給水ポンプ349を動作させ、給水用タンクからシート製造装置100内部のタンクに水を取り込む。また、給水ポンプ349は、シート製造装置100のタンクから気化式加湿器343及びミスト式加湿器347に水を供給してもよい。
The water supply pump 349 is a pump that sucks water from the outside of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and takes the water into a tank (not shown) provided inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. For example, when starting the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, an operator who operates the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 puts water in a water supply tank and sets it. The sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 operates the water supply pump 349 to take water from the water supply tank into the tank inside the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. Further, the water supply pump 349 may supply water from the tank of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to the vaporizing humidifier 343 and the mist humidifier 347.
切断部駆動モーター351は、切断部90の第1切断部92、及び第2切断部94を駆動するモーターである。切断部駆動モーター351は、駆動部I/F115に接続される。
The cutting unit drive motor 351 is a motor that drives the first cutting unit 92 and the second cutting unit 94 of the cutting unit 90. The cutting unit drive motor 351 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115.
排出切替部353は、排出切替部903においてシートSの搬送先である排出トレイ902を切り替えて選択する機構部に想到する。排出切替部353は、上述したように、シートSを搬送する搬送経路を切り替えるモーターやアクチュエーター等の駆動部で構成される。排出切替部353は、駆動部I/F115に接続され、制御装置110の制御に従って動作し、シートSを蓄積する排出トレイ902を切り替える。
The discharge switching unit 353 arrives at a mechanism unit that switches and selects the discharge tray 902 that is the conveyance destination of the sheet S in the discharge switching unit 903. As described above, the discharge switching unit 353 is configured by a drive unit such as a motor or an actuator that switches a conveyance path for conveying the sheet S. The discharge switching unit 353 is connected to the drive unit I / F 115 and operates according to the control of the control device 110 to switch the discharge tray 902 that accumulates the sheets S.
また、制御装置110には、IC読取部119が接続される。IC読取部119は、添加物供給部52に装着される添加物カートリッジ501(図2)の各々に設けられるIC521からデータを読み取る。
Further, an IC reading unit 119 is connected to the control device 110. The IC reading unit 119 reads data from the IC 521 provided in each of the additive cartridges 501 (FIG. 2) attached to the additive supply unit 52.
添加物カートリッジ501の各々には、IC521が取り付けられている。IC521は、データを記憶する記憶領域を備えたICチップであり、添加物カートリッジ501に収容された添加物に関するデータを記憶する。IC521は、接触式のICチップであってもよいし、非接触式のICチップ(例えば、RFID(Radio Frequency IDentifier)を用いてもよい。IC521が記憶するデータは、例えば、添加物カートリッジ501に収容された添加物の色、性質、好適な加熱温度等を含み、これらのデータに相当するコードを含んでもよい。本実施形態では、IC521は、少なくとも、添加物の加熱温度を示す温度データ(加熱温度情報)を記憶する。
An IC 521 is attached to each of the additive cartridges 501. The IC 521 is an IC chip having a storage area for storing data, and stores data relating to the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501. The IC 521 may be a contact type IC chip, or a non-contact type IC chip (for example, RFID (Radio Frequency IDentifier)). It may include codes corresponding to these data, including the color, nature, suitable heating temperature, etc. of the contained additive, etc. In this embodiment, the IC 521 has at least temperature data (the heating temperature of the additive ( (Heating temperature information) is stored.
IC読取部119は、IC521が記憶するデータを読み取る装置であって、たとえば、接触式または非接触のICリーダー/ライターとすることができる。IC読取部119は、例えば、添加物供給部52において装着可能な添加物カートリッジ501の数に対応して、複数設置されてもよい。IC読取部119は、制御装置110の制御に従って、各々の添加物カートリッジ501に装着された複数のIC521のそれぞれから、データを読み取り、読み取ったデータを制御装置110に出力する。
The IC reading unit 119 is a device that reads data stored in the IC 521 and can be, for example, a contact type or non-contact type IC reader / writer. For example, a plurality of IC reading units 119 may be installed corresponding to the number of additive cartridges 501 that can be mounted in the additive supply unit 52. The IC reading unit 119 reads data from each of the plurality of ICs 521 mounted on each additive cartridge 501 under the control of the control device 110, and outputs the read data to the control device 110.
図4は、シート製造装置100の機能ブロック図であり、記憶部140及び制御部150の機能的構成を示す。記憶部140は、不揮発性記憶部120(図3)により構成される論理的な記憶部である。
FIG. 4 is a functional block diagram of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and shows functional configurations of the storage unit 140 and the control unit 150. The storage unit 140 is a logical storage unit configured by the nonvolatile storage unit 120 (FIG. 3).
制御部150、及び、制御部150が有する各種の機能部は、メインプロセッサー111がプログラムを実行することによって、ソフトウェアとハードウェアとの協働により形成される。これらの機能部を構成するハードウェアは、例えば、メインプロセッサー111、及び不揮発性記憶部120が挙げられる。
The control unit 150 and various functional units included in the control unit 150 are formed by the cooperation of software and hardware when the main processor 111 executes a program. Examples of the hardware configuring these functional units include the main processor 111 and the nonvolatile storage unit 120.
記憶部140は、上述した設定データ121、及び、表示データ122を記憶する。
制御部150は、オペレーティングシステム(OS)151、表示制御部152、操作検出部153、検出制御部154、データ取得部155、駆動制御部156、及び、加熱制御部157の機能を有する。 Thestorage unit 140 stores the setting data 121 and the display data 122 described above.
Thecontrol unit 150 has functions of an operating system (OS) 151, a display control unit 152, an operation detection unit 153, a detection control unit 154, a data acquisition unit 155, a drive control unit 156, and a heating control unit 157.
制御部150は、オペレーティングシステム(OS)151、表示制御部152、操作検出部153、検出制御部154、データ取得部155、駆動制御部156、及び、加熱制御部157の機能を有する。 The
The
オペレーティングシステム151の機能は、記憶部140が記憶する制御プログラムの機能であり、その他の制御部150の各部は、オペレーティングシステム151上で実行されるアプリケーションプログラムの機能である。
The function of the operating system 151 is a function of a control program stored in the storage unit 140, and each part of the other control unit 150 is a function of an application program executed on the operating system 151.
表示制御部152は、表示データ122に基づいて表示パネル116に画像を表示させる。
操作検出部153は、タッチセンサー117に対する操作が検出された場合に、検出された操作位置に対応するGUI操作の内容を判定する。 Thedisplay control unit 152 displays an image on the display panel 116 based on the display data 122.
When the operation on the touch sensor 117 is detected, theoperation detection unit 153 determines the content of the GUI operation corresponding to the detected operation position.
操作検出部153は、タッチセンサー117に対する操作が検出された場合に、検出された操作位置に対応するGUI操作の内容を判定する。 The
When the operation on the touch sensor 117 is detected, the
検出制御部154は、センサーI/F114に接続される各種センサーの検出値を取得する。また、検出制御部154は、センサーI/F114に接続されるセンサーの検出値について、予め設定された閾値(設定値)と比較して判定を行う。検出制御部154は、判定結果が、報知を行う条件に該当する場合には、表示制御部152に報知内容を出力して、表示制御部152によって画像やテキストによる報知を行わせる。
The detection control unit 154 acquires detection values of various sensors connected to the sensor I / F 114. In addition, the detection control unit 154 determines the detection value of the sensor connected to the sensor I / F 114 by comparing it with a preset threshold value (setting value). When the determination result corresponds to a condition for performing notification, the detection control unit 154 outputs the notification content to the display control unit 152 and causes the display control unit 152 to perform notification using an image or text.
データ取得部155は、IC読取部119によりIC521からデータの読み取りを行う。
The data acquisition unit 155 reads data from the IC 521 by the IC reading unit 119.
駆動制御部156は、駆動部I/F115を介して接続される各駆動部の始動(起動)及び停止を制御する。また、駆動制御部156は、解繊部ブロアー26や混合ブロアー56等に対して、回転数の制御を行う構成であってもよい。
The drive control unit 156 controls start (start) and stop of each drive unit connected via the drive unit I / F 115. Further, the drive control unit 156 may be configured to control the rotational speed of the defibrating unit blower 26, the mixing blower 56, and the like.
加熱制御部157は、加熱部84の加熱ローラー86により第2ウェブW2を加熱する温度を制御する。加熱制御部157は、加熱部84による加熱温度を設定する。ここで、加熱制御部157が設定する温度は、制御の目標となる目標温度ということができる。加熱制御部157は、温度センサー309の検出値を取得し、加熱部84の加熱温度が設定した目標温度となるように、ヒーター339を制御する。
The heating control unit 157 controls the temperature at which the second web W2 is heated by the heating roller 86 of the heating unit 84. The heating control unit 157 sets the heating temperature by the heating unit 84. Here, the temperature set by the heating control unit 157 can be referred to as a target temperature that is a control target. The heating control unit 157 acquires the detection value of the temperature sensor 309 and controls the heater 339 so that the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 becomes the set target temperature.
加熱制御部157が行う温度制御の精度はシートSの品質を満足できる程度であればよい。具体的には、加熱制御部157は、ヒーター339のON/OFFの切り替え、及び/または、ヒーター339の出力制御により、加熱ローラー86の温度を、設定した目標温度を含む所定の温度範囲内に維持する。この所定の温度範囲の大きさ、及び、目標温度からの差は、適宜に設定される。例えば、目標温度に対する上記所定の温度範囲の設定方法や条件を、設定データ121に含めて記憶部140に記憶し、この設定に従って加熱制御部157が制御を行う構成とすることができる。また、加熱制御部157は、加湿ヒーター345のON/OFFを制御してもよい。
The accuracy of temperature control performed by the heating control unit 157 may be as long as the quality of the sheet S can be satisfied. Specifically, the heating control unit 157 switches the temperature of the heating roller 86 within a predetermined temperature range including the set target temperature by switching ON / OFF of the heater 339 and / or output control of the heater 339. maintain. The size of the predetermined temperature range and the difference from the target temperature are set as appropriate. For example, the setting method and conditions for the predetermined temperature range with respect to the target temperature may be included in the setting data 121 and stored in the storage unit 140, and the heating control unit 157 may perform control according to this setting. Further, the heating control unit 157 may control ON / OFF of the humidifying heater 345.
4.シート製造装置の動作
続いて、シート製造装置100の動作について説明する。
図5は、表示パネル116により表示される画面の例を示す図であり、シート製造装置100を操作するユーザー(オペレーター)が操作を行うための操作画面160を示す。 4). Next, the operation of thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100 will be described.
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed by thedisplay panel 116, and shows an operation screen 160 for a user (operator) operating the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to perform an operation.
続いて、シート製造装置100の動作について説明する。
図5は、表示パネル116により表示される画面の例を示す図であり、シート製造装置100を操作するユーザー(オペレーター)が操作を行うための操作画面160を示す。 4). Next, the operation of the
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of a screen displayed by the
図5の操作画面160は、シート製造装置100の電源が投入された後、表示パネル116によって表示され、シート製造装置100がシートSの製造を行う間や、後述する待機状態においても継続して表示されてもよい。
The operation screen 160 of FIG. 5 is displayed on the display panel 116 after the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is turned on, and continues while the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 manufactures the sheet S or in a standby state to be described later. May be displayed.
操作画面160には、動作指示部161、カートリッジ情報表示部162、シート設定部163、及び、報知部164が配置される。動作指示部161及びシート設定部163はユーザーが操作を行うためのGUIを構成する。表示パネル116に操作画面160を表示することにより、タッチセンサー117は、操作検出部153(図4)とともに受付部を構成する。
The operation screen 160 includes an operation instruction unit 161, a cartridge information display unit 162, a sheet setting unit 163, and a notification unit 164. The operation instruction unit 161 and the sheet setting unit 163 constitute a GUI for a user to perform an operation. By displaying the operation screen 160 on the display panel 116, the touch sensor 117 constitutes a reception unit together with the operation detection unit 153 (FIG. 4).
動作指示部161は、シート製造装置100の動作を指示するためのボタン(操作部)として機能する開始指示ボタン161a、停止指示ボタン161b、中断指示ボタン161c、及び、待機指示ボタン161dを含む。
The operation instruction unit 161 includes a start instruction button 161a that functions as a button (operation unit) for instructing the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, a stop instruction button 161b, an interruption instruction button 161c, and a standby instruction button 161d.
シート設定部163は、シート製造装置100が製造するシートSの条件を指示するためのボタン(操作部)として機能する色設定部163a、厚さ設定部163b、及び、原料設定部163cを有する。
The sheet setting unit 163 includes a color setting unit 163a, a thickness setting unit 163b, and a raw material setting unit 163c that function as buttons (operation units) for instructing conditions of the sheet S manufactured by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
動作指示部161及びシート設定部163に配置された各操作部は、物理ボタンとしてシート製造装置100の筐体に設置されてもよい。本実施形態では一例として、上記の各操作部を表示パネル116及びタッチセンサー117によりGUI(アイコン)として設けた例を説明する。
The operation units arranged in the operation instruction unit 161 and the sheet setting unit 163 may be installed in the casing of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 as physical buttons. In the present embodiment, as an example, an example will be described in which each operation unit is provided as a GUI (icon) using the display panel 116 and the touch sensor 117.
色設定部163aは、シートSの色を指定するための操作部である。図5の例では、ユーザーが色設定部163aを操作することにより、プルダウンメニューによって、シートSの色を、予め設定された複数の色から選択できる。制御部150は、操作検出部153により、色設定部163aの操作により選択された色を取得する。駆動制御部156は、選択された色に対応して、添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501の添加物のうち、使用する添加物の種類、及び、複数種類の添加物を使用する場合の各添加物の割合を決定する。駆動制御部156は、使用する添加物の種類、及び、複数種類の添加物を使用する場合の各添加物の割合に基づいて、各々の添加物カートリッジ501から供給する添加物の量を決定し、決定した量に基づき添加物供給モーター317を制御する。
The color setting unit 163a is an operation unit for designating the color of the sheet S. In the example of FIG. 5, when the user operates the color setting unit 163a, the color of the sheet S can be selected from a plurality of preset colors by a pull-down menu. The control unit 150 acquires the color selected by the operation of the color setting unit 163a by the operation detection unit 153. The drive control unit 156 uses the type of additive to be used and a plurality of types of additives among the additives in the additive cartridge 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52 corresponding to the selected color. The proportion of each additive is determined. The drive control unit 156 determines the amount of additive to be supplied from each additive cartridge 501 based on the type of additive to be used and the ratio of each additive when a plurality of types of additives are used. The additive supply motor 317 is controlled based on the determined amount.
厚さ設定部163bは、シートSの厚さを指定するための操作部である。図5の例では、ユーザーが厚さ設定部163bを操作することにより、プルダウンメニューによって、シートSの厚さ、予め設定された複数段階の厚さから選択できる。制御部150は、操作検出部153により、厚さ設定部163bの操作により選択された厚さを取得する。駆動制御部156は、選択された厚さに対応して、堆積部60においてメッシュベルト72に堆積させる第2ウェブW2の厚み、及び/または、加圧部82で第2ウェブW2に与える荷重等の条件を決定する。駆動制御部156は、決定した条件に対応して、ドラム駆動モーター331の回転速度及びベルト駆動モーター333の回転速度、加圧部駆動モーター335の動作条件等を制御する。
The thickness setting unit 163b is an operation unit for designating the thickness of the sheet S. In the example of FIG. 5, when the user operates the thickness setting unit 163b, the thickness of the sheet S can be selected from a plurality of preset thicknesses by a pull-down menu. The control unit 150 obtains the thickness selected by the operation of the thickness setting unit 163b by the operation detection unit 153. The drive control unit 156 corresponds to the selected thickness, the thickness of the second web W2 deposited on the mesh belt 72 in the deposition unit 60, and / or the load applied to the second web W2 by the pressurization unit 82, and the like. Determine the conditions. The drive control unit 156 controls the rotation speed of the drum drive motor 331, the rotation speed of the belt drive motor 333, the operation condition of the pressure unit drive motor 335, and the like according to the determined conditions.
原料設定部163cは、シートSの製造に用いる原料を指定するための操作部である。図5の例では、ユーザーが原料設定部163cを操作することにより、プルダウンメニューによって、シートSの原料の種類を、予め設定された複数の種類から選択できる。原料設定部163cで選択可能な原料は、供給部10がスタッカー11に収容する原料である。すなわち、原料設定部163cにおける選択は、供給部10において原料を送り出すスタッカー11の選択に対応する。制御部150は、操作検出部153により、原料設定部163cの操作により選択された原料を取得する。駆動制御部156は、選択された原料を収容するスタッカー11を選択し、選択したスタッカー11から原料が供給されるように給紙モーター315を制御する。
The raw material setting unit 163c is an operation unit for designating a raw material used for manufacturing the sheet S. In the example of FIG. 5, when the user operates the material setting unit 163c, the type of the material of the sheet S can be selected from a plurality of preset types by a pull-down menu. The raw materials that can be selected by the raw material setting unit 163 c are raw materials that the supply unit 10 stores in the stacker 11. That is, the selection in the raw material setting unit 163 c corresponds to the selection of the stacker 11 that feeds out the raw material in the supply unit 10. The control unit 150 acquires the raw material selected by the operation detection unit 153 by operating the raw material setting unit 163c. The drive control unit 156 selects the stacker 11 that stores the selected raw material, and controls the paper feed motor 315 so that the raw material is supplied from the selected stacker 11.
また、シート設定部163には、上述した各ボタンの他に、製造するシートSの枚数を指定するボタンやシートSのサイズ(大きさ)を指定するボタンを配置してもよく、その他のシートSに係る条件を指定するためのボタンを配置してもよい。
In addition to the above-described buttons, the sheet setting unit 163 may include a button for specifying the number of sheets S to be manufactured and a button for specifying the size (size) of the sheet S. A button for designating a condition related to S may be arranged.
開始指示ボタン161aは、シートSの製造の開始を指示するボタンである。開始指示ボタン161aは、例えば、シート設定部163の操作によってシートSに係る条件が指定された後に操作され、指定された条件に基づくシートSの製造の開始を指示する。なお、シート設定部163において、デフォルトの指定値が予め設けられ、シート設定部163の操作が行われない状態で開始指示ボタン161aが操作された場合、シート製造装置100が、デフォルトの指定値に基づきシートSの製造を開始してもよい。
The start instruction button 161a is a button for instructing the start of manufacturing the sheet S. For example, the start instruction button 161 a is operated after a condition related to the sheet S is designated by an operation of the sheet setting unit 163, and instructs the start of manufacture of the sheet S based on the designated condition. In the sheet setting unit 163, a default specified value is provided in advance, and when the start instruction button 161a is operated in a state where the sheet setting unit 163 is not operated, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 sets the default specified value. Based on this, the production of the sheet S may be started.
停止指示ボタン161bは、シート製造装置100の動作の停止を指示するボタンである。なお、シート製造装置100の筐体には、表示パネル116とは別にシート製造装置100の電源をON/OFFする電源スイッチ(図示略)を備えてもよい。この場合、停止指示ボタン161bは、シート製造装置100の停止を指示するボタンとして機能するが、停止指示ボタン161bによりシート製造装置100の電源オフを指示できる構成であってもよい。停止指示ボタン161bの操作によりシート製造装置100がシートSの製造を停止した場合、シート設定部163で設定されたシートSに係る条件はクリアされ、デフォルトの指定値(初期値)に戻る。
The stop instruction button 161b is a button for instructing to stop the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. The casing of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 may be provided with a power switch (not shown) for turning on / off the power of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 separately from the display panel 116. In this case, the stop instruction button 161b functions as a button for instructing to stop the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. However, the stop instruction button 161b may be configured to instruct power-off of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 using the stop instruction button 161b. When the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 stops manufacturing the sheet S by operating the stop instruction button 161b, the condition relating to the sheet S set by the sheet setting unit 163 is cleared, and the default designated value (initial value) is restored.
中断指示ボタン161cは、シート製造装置100がシートSの製造を実行している間に、シートSの製造を一時的に停止させる。中断指示ボタン161cが操作され、シート製造装置100がシートSの製造を停止した場合、シート設定部163で設定されたシートSに係る条件は保持される。この状態で、開始指示ボタン161aが操作されると、制御部150は、シート製造装置100により中断指示ボタン161cが操作される前と同じ条件に従ってシートSの製造を開始(再開)する。
The interruption instruction button 161c temporarily stops the production of the sheet S while the sheet production apparatus 100 is producing the sheet S. When the interruption instruction button 161c is operated and the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 stops manufacturing the sheet S, the condition relating to the sheet S set by the sheet setting unit 163 is held. In this state, when the start instruction button 161a is operated, the control unit 150 starts (restarts) production of the sheet S according to the same conditions as before the interruption instruction button 161c is operated by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
待機指示ボタン161dは、シート製造装置100がシートSの製造をしていない状態、すなわち停止した状態で、後述する待機状態への移行を指示するボタンである。
The standby instruction button 161d is a button for instructing a shift to a standby state to be described later in a state where the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is not manufacturing the sheet S, that is, in a stopped state.
シート製造装置100によりシートSを製造する一連の動作を「ジョブ」と呼ぶ。ジョブは、シート設定部163の操作またはデフォルト値により指定された条件のシートSを製造する動作を指す。具体的には、開始指示ボタン161aの操作に応じて動作を開始してから、シート設定部163の操作で指定された枚数のシートSの製造を完了するまで、或いは、停止指示ボタン161bの操作により停止するまでの動作を、ジョブと呼ぶ。製造するシートSの枚数が指定された場合、ジョブの終端が明らかに特定される。シートSの枚数が指定されず停止指示ボタン161bが操作された場合、あるいは、指定された枚数のシートSの製造を完了する前に停止指示ボタン161bが操作された場合、事前の設定はないが、ジョブが終了する。中断指示ボタン161cが操作された場合、シート製造装置100はジョブを中断するが、終了しない。このため、中断指示ボタン161cの操作に応じてシートSの製造を止めた後、開始指示ボタン161aが操作されると、シート製造装置100は、シートSの製造を再開し、具体的には中断指示ボタン161cの操作の前と同じ条件でシートSを製造する。つまり、中断指示ボタン161cはジョブを一時的に停止させるが、その後に開始指示ボタン161aが操作されればジョブは継続する。
A series of operations for manufacturing the sheet S by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is referred to as a “job”. The job refers to an operation of manufacturing the sheet S having a condition designated by an operation of the sheet setting unit 163 or a default value. Specifically, from the start of the operation in response to the operation of the start instruction button 161a until the completion of the production of the number of sheets S designated by the operation of the sheet setting unit 163, or the operation of the stop instruction button 161b The operation up to stopping by is called a job. When the number of sheets S to be manufactured is designated, the end of the job is clearly specified. When the stop instruction button 161b is operated without specifying the number of sheets S, or when the stop instruction button 161b is operated before the manufacture of the specified number of sheets S is completed, there is no setting in advance. The job ends. When the interruption instruction button 161c is operated, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 interrupts the job but does not end it. For this reason, when the start instruction button 161a is operated after the manufacture of the sheet S is stopped in accordance with the operation of the interruption instruction button 161c, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 resumes the manufacture of the sheet S, specifically, the interruption. The sheet S is manufactured under the same conditions as before the operation of the instruction button 161c. That is, the interruption instruction button 161c temporarily stops the job, but the job continues if the start instruction button 161a is operated thereafter.
カートリッジ情報表示部162は、添加物供給部52に装着(セット)された添加物カートリッジ501に関する情報を表示する表示部である。カートリッジ情報表示部162には、添加物供給部52に装着可能な添加物カートリッジ501の数に対応して、添加物カートリッジ501を模した画像が表示される。カートリッジ情報表示部162では、各々の添加物カートリッジ501の画像に対応して、添加物の色や添加物カートリッジ501に収容された添加物の残量を示す情報が、テキストや画像により表示される。また、添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501の数が装着可能な数より少ない場合、装着されていない添加物カートリッジ501に対応する画像はブランク表示される。
The cartridge information display unit 162 is a display unit that displays information about the additive cartridge 501 mounted (set) in the additive supply unit 52. The cartridge information display unit 162 displays an image simulating the additive cartridge 501 corresponding to the number of additive cartridges 501 that can be attached to the additive supply unit 52. In the cartridge information display unit 162, information indicating the color of the additive and the remaining amount of the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501 is displayed as text or an image corresponding to each image of the additive cartridge 501. . When the number of additive cartridges 501 attached to the additive supply unit 52 is smaller than the number that can be attached, an image corresponding to the additive cartridge 501 that is not attached is displayed as a blank.
報知部164は、ユーザーに報知する内容がテキストや画像により表示される表示領域である。報知部164には、例えば、添加物カートリッジ501の交換を要求するメッセ-ジ等が表示される。
The notification unit 164 is a display area in which the content notified to the user is displayed as text or an image. The notification unit 164 displays, for example, a message requesting replacement of the additive cartridge 501.
図6は、IC読取部119によりICから読み取られるデータの例を示す図であり、特に、添加物の温度データの例を示す。図6に示す例では、添加物カートリッジ501を、添加物カートリッジ501に収容された添加物の色により区別する。この例では、イエロー(図中YELLOW)の添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から、温度データ「Th11」が取得される。また、マゼンタ(MAGENTA)の添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から「Th12」が取得され、シアン(CYAN)の添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から「Th13」が取得される。また、白(WHITE)の添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から「Th14」が取得され、プレーン(PLAIN)の添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から「Th15」が取得される。Th11、Th12、Th13、Th14、Th15はそれぞれ具体的な温度、或いは温度の範囲を示す数値やコードである。これらの温度は、加熱部84において、各々の添加物に含まれる樹脂を適切な状態で溶融させ、繊維を好ましい強度で接着し、良好な発色を得られるように設定された温度である。制御部150は、シートSを製造する場合に、シートSの製造に使用する添加物を特定した後、特定した添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から読み取った温度データに基づき、加熱部84の加熱温度を設定する。これにより、加熱部84において第2ウェブW2を適切な温度で加熱することができ、高品質のシートSを製造できる。Th11~Th15の具体的な温度は添加物の具体的性質により異なるが、室温に近い温度で添加物が溶融することは実用上あまりないので、いわゆる室温とされる温度よりも高い。例えば、摂氏100度を超える温度となることは珍しくない。
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing an example of data read from the IC by the IC reading unit 119, and particularly shows an example of temperature data of the additive. In the example shown in FIG. 6, the additive cartridge 501 is distinguished by the color of the additive contained in the additive cartridge 501. In this example, temperature data “Th11” is acquired from the IC 521 of the yellow (YELLOW in the drawing) additive cartridge 501. Further, “Th12” is acquired from the IC 521 of the magenta additive cartridge 501, and “Th13” is acquired from the IC 521 of the cyan additive cartridge 501. Further, “Th14” is acquired from the IC 521 of the white (WHITE) additive cartridge 501, and “Th15” is acquired from the IC 521 of the plain (PLAIN) additive cartridge 501. Th11, Th12, Th13, Th14, and Th15 are numerical values and codes indicating specific temperatures or temperature ranges, respectively. These temperatures are temperatures set in the heating unit 84 so that the resin contained in each additive is melted in an appropriate state, the fibers are bonded with a preferable strength, and good color development is obtained. When the sheet S is manufactured, the control unit 150 specifies the additive used for manufacturing the sheet S, and then, based on the temperature data read from the IC 521 of the additive cartridge 501 containing the specified additive, A heating temperature of 84 is set. Thereby, the 2nd web W2 can be heated in suitable temperature in the heating part 84, and the high quality sheet | seat S can be manufactured. Although the specific temperature of Th11 to Th15 varies depending on the specific properties of the additive, the additive is not practically melted at a temperature close to room temperature, and thus is higher than the so-called room temperature. For example, it is not uncommon for the temperature to exceed 100 degrees Celsius.
制御部150(図4)の駆動制御部156は、操作画面160(図5)で入力された内容に基づいて、添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501のうち、使用する添加物カートリッジ501を特定する。具体的には、シート設定部163の色設定部163aの操作により指定された色や、原料設定部163cの操作により指定された原料の種類に基づき、使用する添加物の種類(例えば色)を特定し、特定した種類の添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501を特定する。さらに、駆動制御部156は、特定した添加物カートリッジ501から供給する単位時間当たりの添加物の量を求め、添加物供給モーター317を動作させる条件を設定する。
The drive control unit 156 of the control unit 150 (FIG. 4) uses an additive to be used from among the additive cartridges 501 attached to the additive supply unit 52 based on the contents input on the operation screen 160 (FIG. 5). The cartridge 501 is specified. Specifically, based on the color specified by the operation of the color setting unit 163a of the sheet setting unit 163 and the type of raw material specified by the operation of the raw material setting unit 163c, the type (for example, color) of the additive to be used is selected. Identify and identify an additive cartridge 501 containing the identified type of additive. Further, the drive control unit 156 obtains the amount of additive per unit time supplied from the specified additive cartridge 501 and sets conditions for operating the additive supply motor 317.
駆動制御部156は、データ取得部155によりIC521から読み取った温度データを取得し、使用する添加物カートリッジ501の温度データを取得する。
The drive control unit 156 acquires the temperature data read from the IC 521 by the data acquisition unit 155, and acquires the temperature data of the additive cartridge 501 to be used.
IC521からの温度データの読み取りは、例えば、シート製造装置100の電源が投入されたとき、或いは、添加物カートリッジ501が交換または装着されたときに行うことができる。データ取得部155は、シート製造装置100の電源がONにされたときに、IC読取部119によりIC521の有無を検出し、検出したIC521からデータを読み取る。また、データ取得部155は、添加物カートリッジ501の装着を検出した場合に、IC読取部119により、検出したIC521からデータを読み取る。データ取得部155は、読み取ったデータを、IC521を識別する識別情報に対応付けて、記憶部140(あるいはRAM113)等に一時的に記憶する。IC521の識別情報は、例えばIC521に固有のIDであり、IC521の記憶領域に記憶される情報であり、温度データ等の各種データとともにIC読取部119により読み取り可能である。
The reading of the temperature data from the IC 521 can be performed, for example, when the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is turned on, or when the additive cartridge 501 is replaced or mounted. When the power of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is turned on, the data acquisition unit 155 detects the presence or absence of the IC 521 by the IC reading unit 119 and reads data from the detected IC 521. Further, when the data acquisition unit 155 detects the mounting of the additive cartridge 501, the IC reading unit 119 reads data from the detected IC 521. The data acquisition unit 155 temporarily stores the read data in the storage unit 140 (or RAM 113) or the like in association with identification information for identifying the IC 521. The identification information of the IC 521 is, for example, an ID unique to the IC 521, is information stored in the storage area of the IC 521, and can be read by the IC reading unit 119 together with various data such as temperature data.
駆動制御部156は、データ取得部155により取得されて一時的に記憶されたデータから、操作画面160の入力に基づき指定あるいは選択される添加物カートリッジ501に対応する温度データを取得できる。また、駆動制御部156の制御により、データ取得部155が随時、IC読取部119によって温度データを読み取ってもよい。
The drive control unit 156 can acquire temperature data corresponding to the additive cartridge 501 designated or selected based on the input of the operation screen 160 from the data acquired by the data acquisition unit 155 and temporarily stored. Further, the data acquisition unit 155 may read temperature data by the IC reading unit 119 at any time under the control of the drive control unit 156.
加熱制御部157は、温度データに基づき、加熱部84における加熱温度の設定値を決める。加熱温度は、シートSを製造する第1状態における加熱ローラー86の目標温度である。加熱制御部157は、決定した加熱温度を、製造部102の動作条件として記憶部140(あるいはRAM113)等に一時的に記憶させる。
The heating control unit 157 determines a setting value of the heating temperature in the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data. The heating temperature is a target temperature of the heating roller 86 in the first state in which the sheet S is manufactured. The heating control unit 157 temporarily stores the determined heating temperature in the storage unit 140 (or the RAM 113) or the like as the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102.
操作画面160の入力に基づき複数種類の添加物が選択される場合、加熱制御部157は、各々の添加物に対応する温度データを取得し、取得した複数の温度データをもとに加熱温度を決定する。例えば、加熱制御部157は、取得した複数の温度データのうち最も高い温度を加熱温度に決定する。
一例として、図6に示した各添加物の温度データにおいて、下記式(1)に示す関係が成立する場合を想定する。
Th11<Th12<Th13<Th14<Th15 …(1) When a plurality of types of additives are selected based on the input on theoperation screen 160, the heating control unit 157 acquires temperature data corresponding to each additive, and sets the heating temperature based on the acquired plurality of temperature data. decide. For example, the heating control unit 157 determines the highest temperature among the acquired plurality of temperature data as the heating temperature.
As an example, a case is assumed in which the relationship shown in the following formula (1) is established in the temperature data of each additive shown in FIG.
Th11 <Th12 <Th13 <Th14 <Th15 (1)
一例として、図6に示した各添加物の温度データにおいて、下記式(1)に示す関係が成立する場合を想定する。
Th11<Th12<Th13<Th14<Th15 …(1) When a plurality of types of additives are selected based on the input on the
As an example, a case is assumed in which the relationship shown in the following formula (1) is established in the temperature data of each additive shown in FIG.
Th11 <Th12 <Th13 <Th14 <Th15 (1)
例えば、イエローの添加物、及び、シアンの添加物を使用する場合、加熱制御部157は温度データTh11と温度データTh13とを取得し、このうち高い側の温度である温度データTh13に基づき加熱温度を決定する。この方法では、複数種類の添加物を使用する場合に、より高い温度の加熱を要する添加物に合わせて加熱を行うので、全ての添加物が必要な温度以上に加熱される。このため、加熱不足によるシートSの品質低下を防止できる。また、加熱制御部157は、使用する複数種類の添加物の使用量の割合を反映して、複数の温度データに基づき加熱温度を決定してもよい。
For example, when a yellow additive and a cyan additive are used, the heating control unit 157 acquires the temperature data Th11 and the temperature data Th13, and the heating temperature based on the temperature data Th13 which is the higher temperature among them. To decide. In this method, when a plurality of types of additives are used, heating is performed in accordance with an additive that requires heating at a higher temperature, so that all the additives are heated to a necessary temperature or higher. For this reason, the quality degradation of the sheet S due to insufficient heating can be prevented. Further, the heating control unit 157 may determine the heating temperature based on a plurality of temperature data, reflecting the ratio of the usage amount of the plurality of types of additives to be used.
ところで、シート製造装置100は、ユーザーが操作画面160を操作することによりシートSの製造を開始し、シートSを製造する動作中に、操作画面160によりシートSに関する入力を受け付けることができる。具体的には、操作画面160による入力に基づき製造部102がジョブを開始した後、ジョブが完了する前に、操作画面160の入力を受付可能である。ここで受け付ける入力(新たな入力)は、シート設定部163によるシートSの色、厚さ、原料に関する入力を含む。制御部150は、シートSの製造中(ジョブの実行中)に、新たな入力よりシートSの製造に係る製造部102の動作条件が変更された場合、新たな入力に対応する条件への変更を行う。
By the way, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 can start manufacturing the sheet S by the user operating the operation screen 160, and can receive an input regarding the sheet S through the operation screen 160 during the operation of manufacturing the sheet S. Specifically, after the manufacturing unit 102 starts a job based on the input on the operation screen 160, the input on the operation screen 160 can be accepted before the job is completed. The input received here (new input) includes input related to the color, thickness, and raw material of the sheet S by the sheet setting unit 163. When the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 related to the manufacture of the sheet S is changed from the new input during the manufacture of the sheet S (during the execution of the job), the control unit 150 changes to the condition corresponding to the new input. I do.
動作条件の変更の一例として、制御部150は、加熱部84の加熱温度を変更できる。この場合、制御部150は、製造部102がシートSを製造する動作であるジョブの実行を止めずに、動作条件を変更する。
As an example of changing the operating conditions, the control unit 150 can change the heating temperature of the heating unit 84. In this case, the control unit 150 changes the operation condition without stopping the execution of the job, which is the operation in which the manufacturing unit 102 manufactures the sheet S.
図7は、シート製造装置100の動作状態の例を示す図である。
図中、供給部は供給部10を指し、例えば給紙モーター315の状態を指す。粗砕部は粗砕部12を指し、例えば粗砕部駆動モーター311の状態を指す。解繊部は解繊部20を指し、具体的には解繊部駆動モーター313の状態を指すが、解繊部ブロアー26の状態を含めて解繊部20の動作状態としてもよい。選別部は選別部40を指し、具体的にはドラム駆動モーターの状態を指す。第1ウェブ形成部は第1ウェブ形成部45を指し、具体的にベルト駆動モーター327の状態を指すが、捕集ブロアー28の状態を含めて第1ウェブ形成部45の動作状態としてもよい。回転体は回転体49を駆動する分断部駆動モーター329の回転状態を指す。 FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation state of thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100.
In the drawing, the supply unit indicates thesupply unit 10, for example, the state of the paper feed motor 315. The crushing unit indicates the crushing unit 12, for example, the state of the crushing unit driving motor 311. The defibrating unit refers to the defibrating unit 20, and specifically refers to the state of the defibrating unit drive motor 313, but may include the operating state of the defibrating unit 20 including the state of the defibrating unit blower 26. The selection unit indicates the selection unit 40, specifically, the state of the drum drive motor. The first web forming unit indicates the first web forming unit 45 and specifically indicates the state of the belt drive motor 327, but may include the operation state of the first web forming unit 45 including the state of the collection blower 28. The rotator indicates the rotation state of the dividing portion drive motor 329 that drives the rotator 49.
図中、供給部は供給部10を指し、例えば給紙モーター315の状態を指す。粗砕部は粗砕部12を指し、例えば粗砕部駆動モーター311の状態を指す。解繊部は解繊部20を指し、具体的には解繊部駆動モーター313の状態を指すが、解繊部ブロアー26の状態を含めて解繊部20の動作状態としてもよい。選別部は選別部40を指し、具体的にはドラム駆動モーターの状態を指す。第1ウェブ形成部は第1ウェブ形成部45を指し、具体的にベルト駆動モーター327の状態を指すが、捕集ブロアー28の状態を含めて第1ウェブ形成部45の動作状態としてもよい。回転体は回転体49を駆動する分断部駆動モーター329の回転状態を指す。 FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation state of the
In the drawing, the supply unit indicates the
混合部は混合部50の状態を指し、具体的には添加物供給部52を駆動する添加物供給モーター317及び混合ブロアー56の動作状態を指す。堆積部は堆積部60を指し、具体的にはドラム部61を動かすドラム駆動モーター331の動作状態を指す。第2ウェブ形成部は第2ウェブ形成部70を指し、具体的にはベルト駆動モーター333の動作状態を指すが、サクションブロアー77を含む第2ウェブ形成部70の動作状態としてもよい。加圧部は加圧部82を指し、具体的には加圧部駆動モーター335の動作状態を指すが、加圧部82による荷重の状態を含んでもよい。加熱部は加熱部84を指し、具体的には、それぞれ加熱部駆動モーター337の動作状態、及び、ヒーター339の状態を指す。また、切断部は切断部90を指し、具体的には切断部駆動モーター351の動作状態を指すが、切断部90においてシートSを搬送する搬送部(図示略)の動作状態を含んでもよい。排出部は排出部97にシートSを搬送する搬送部(図示略)の動作状態を指す。また、加湿ヒーターは加湿ヒーター345の状態を指す。
The mixing unit indicates the state of the mixing unit 50, specifically, the operating state of the additive supply motor 317 and the mixing blower 56 that drive the additive supply unit 52. The accumulation unit refers to the accumulation unit 60, and specifically refers to the operation state of the drum drive motor 331 that moves the drum unit 61. The second web forming unit refers to the second web forming unit 70, specifically the operation state of the belt drive motor 333, but may be the operation state of the second web forming unit 70 including the suction blower 77. The pressurizing unit refers to the pressurizing unit 82, and specifically refers to the operating state of the pressurizing unit driving motor 335, but may include the state of the load applied by the pressurizing unit 82. The heating unit refers to the heating unit 84, and specifically refers to the operating state of the heating unit drive motor 337 and the state of the heater 339, respectively. The cutting unit refers to the cutting unit 90, and specifically refers to the operation state of the cutting unit drive motor 351, but may include the operation state of a conveyance unit (not shown) that conveys the sheet S in the cutting unit 90. The discharge unit indicates an operation state of a conveyance unit (not shown) that conveys the sheet S to the discharge unit 97. Further, the humidifying heater refers to the state of the humidifying heater 345.
また、図7は、各駆動部の通電状態に限定されず、制御部150が各部を駆動させる制御の状態を示している。例えば、加熱部84の加熱についてのON、OFFは、ヒーター339への通電のON、OFFではなく、制御部150がヒーター339による加熱を行うための制御を行っているか否かを示す。このため、実際にヒーター339に通電されていない瞬間があったとしても、制御部150がヒーター339による加熱を行うための制御を行う間、動作状態はONである。他の駆動部についても同様である。
Further, FIG. 7 is not limited to the energized state of each drive unit, but shows a control state in which the control unit 150 drives each unit. For example, ON / OFF for heating of the heating unit 84 indicates whether the control for the heating by the heater 339 is being performed by the control unit 150 rather than ON / OFF of the energization to the heater 339. For this reason, even if there is a moment when the heater 339 is not actually energized, the operation state is ON while the control unit 150 performs control for heating by the heater 339. The same applies to other drive units.
図7には、製造部102が、加熱温度を温度T1でシートSを製造する状態を「連続運転時(温度T1)」として示し、加熱温度を温度T2でシートSを製造する状態を「連続運転時(温度T2)」として示す。また、加熱温度を温度T1から温度T2に変化させる間の動作状態を「温度変更時」として示す。
図7に示すように、「連続運転時(温度T1)」及び「連続運転時(温度T2)」だけでなく、「温度変更時」においても、製造部102の各駆動部はONに維持される。製造部102は、「温度変更時」において、供給部10が供給する原料、解繊部20により解繊された解繊物、第1ウェブW1、細分体P、細分体Pに対し添加物供給部52で添加物が混合された混合物、第2ウェブW2、及びシートSの搬送を継続して実行する。また、製造部102は、これらに対する処理を「温度変更時」においても継続して実行する。 In FIG. 7, a state in which themanufacturing unit 102 manufactures the sheet S at the heating temperature T1 is indicated as “continuous operation (temperature T1)”, and a state in which the sheet S is manufactured at the heating temperature T2 is “continuous”. "During operation (temperature T2)". Further, the operation state during the change of the heating temperature from the temperature T1 to the temperature T2 is indicated as “at the time of temperature change”.
As shown in FIG. 7, not only “at the time of continuous operation (temperature T1)” and “at the time of continuous operation (temperature T2)” but also “at the time of temperature change”, each drive unit of themanufacturing unit 102 is maintained ON. The The manufacturing unit 102 supplies additives to the raw material supplied by the supply unit 10, the defibrated material defibrated by the defibrating unit 20, the first web W <b> 1, the subdivided body P, and the subdivided body P when “temperature change”. The conveyance of the mixture in which the additive is mixed in the unit 52, the second web W2, and the sheet S is continuously executed. In addition, the manufacturing unit 102 continuously performs the processing for these even when “temperature change”.
図7に示すように、「連続運転時(温度T1)」及び「連続運転時(温度T2)」だけでなく、「温度変更時」においても、製造部102の各駆動部はONに維持される。製造部102は、「温度変更時」において、供給部10が供給する原料、解繊部20により解繊された解繊物、第1ウェブW1、細分体P、細分体Pに対し添加物供給部52で添加物が混合された混合物、第2ウェブW2、及びシートSの搬送を継続して実行する。また、製造部102は、これらに対する処理を「温度変更時」においても継続して実行する。 In FIG. 7, a state in which the
As shown in FIG. 7, not only “at the time of continuous operation (temperature T1)” and “at the time of continuous operation (temperature T2)” but also “at the time of temperature change”, each drive unit of the
図8は、シート製造装置100の動作例を示すタイミングチャートであり、特に、加熱ローラー86の温度の変化を示す。図8の縦軸は加熱ローラー86の温度を示す。この温度は、例えば温度センサー309により検出される温度である。横軸は時間の経過を示す。
FIG. 8 is a timing chart showing an operation example of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, and particularly shows a change in the temperature of the heating roller 86. The vertical axis in FIG. 8 indicates the temperature of the heating roller 86. This temperature is a temperature detected by the temperature sensor 309, for example. The horizontal axis shows the passage of time.
縦軸における温度T1は、シートSの製造に適した温度であり、加熱制御部157が、製造するシートSの条件に合わせて設定する目標温度である。温度T2は、第2状態において加熱ローラー86の温度を維持する目標温度として、加熱制御部157が設定する温度である。一方、T0はシート製造装置100が設置される場所の周囲温度である。
The temperature T1 on the vertical axis is a temperature suitable for manufacturing the sheet S, and is a target temperature set by the heating control unit 157 according to the conditions of the sheet S to be manufactured. The temperature T2 is a temperature set by the heating control unit 157 as a target temperature for maintaining the temperature of the heating roller 86 in the second state. On the other hand, T0 is the ambient temperature of the place where the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is installed.
図8のタイミングチャートにおいて、温度パターンGは、加熱制御部157の制御により加熱温度を温度T1から、温度T1より高温の温度T2に変更する場合の温度変化を示す。時刻t1は、シート設定部163の操作により入力された条件が確定したタイミングであり、例えば、シート設定部163の操作の後に開始指示ボタン161aが操作されたタイミングである。時刻t2は、加熱温度すなわち加熱ローラー86の温度が温度T2に達したタイミングである。つまり、時刻t1から時刻t2までの期間TE1が、設定された条件を実現するために要した時間である。
In the timing chart of FIG. 8, a temperature pattern G indicates a temperature change when the heating temperature is changed from the temperature T1 to a temperature T2 higher than the temperature T1 under the control of the heating control unit 157. The time t1 is the timing when the condition input by the operation of the sheet setting unit 163 is confirmed, for example, the timing when the start instruction button 161a is operated after the operation of the sheet setting unit 163. Time t2 is timing when the heating temperature, that is, the temperature of the heating roller 86 reaches the temperature T2. That is, the period TE1 from time t1 to time t2 is the time required to realize the set condition.
図8の期間TE1では、加熱ローラー86の温度が温度T2より低い温度であるため、この期間TE1に加熱ローラー86で加熱されたシートSは、設定された温度より低温で加熱されたことになる。このため、期間TE1に加熱部84を通過したシートSは、設定された種類のシートSとは異なる性状のものである可能性がある。例えば、時刻t1において添加物供給部52で添加する添加物の種類を変更した場合、時刻t1では変更後の添加物に適した加熱温度である温度T2が設定される。変更後の添加物を含むシートSは、温度T2で加熱することが望ましい。
In the period TE1 of FIG. 8, since the temperature of the heating roller 86 is lower than the temperature T2, the sheet S heated by the heating roller 86 in this period TE1 is heated at a lower temperature than the set temperature. . For this reason, the sheet S that has passed through the heating unit 84 in the period TE1 may have a different property from the set type of sheet S. For example, when the type of additive added by the additive supply unit 52 is changed at time t1, a temperature T2, which is a heating temperature suitable for the additive after change, is set at time t1. The sheet S containing the changed additive is desirably heated at a temperature T2.
そこで、シート製造装置100は、加熱部84の加熱温度を変更する場合、加熱部84の加熱温度が変更後の設定温度に達するまでに製造されたシートSを区別する。
Therefore, when the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 is changed, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 distinguishes the sheets S manufactured until the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 reaches the set temperature after the change.
また、時刻t1で添加物の種類や量が変更された場合、変更後の添加物を含むシートSが排出部97に排出されるまでには、時間がかかる。シート製造装置100は、添加物供給部52で混合する添加物の種類や量を変更する場合、変更後の添加物を含むシートSが排出部97から排出されるまでの間に排出されるシートSを区別する。
Also, when the type and amount of the additive are changed at time t1, it takes time until the sheet S containing the changed additive is discharged to the discharge unit 97. When the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 changes the type and amount of the additive to be mixed in the additive supply unit 52, the sheet discharged before the sheet S containing the changed additive is discharged from the discharge unit 97. S is distinguished.
図9は、シート製造装置100のシートSの製造工程の模式図であり、添加物供給部52で添加物を添加してから排出されるまでの工程を示す。
図に示す符号Mは、添加物供給部52で細分体Pに添加物を混合した混合物を示す。混合物M、第2ウェブW2、及びシートSを総称して被搬送物FMと呼ぶ。 FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the manufacturing process of the sheet S of thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100 and shows the process from the addition of the additive by the additive supply unit 52 to the discharge.
A symbol M shown in the figure indicates a mixture in which an additive is mixed into the subdivided body P in theadditive supply unit 52. The mixture M, the second web W2, and the sheet S are collectively referred to as a conveyed object FM.
図に示す符号Mは、添加物供給部52で細分体Pに添加物を混合した混合物を示す。混合物M、第2ウェブW2、及びシートSを総称して被搬送物FMと呼ぶ。 FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the manufacturing process of the sheet S of the
A symbol M shown in the figure indicates a mixture in which an additive is mixed into the subdivided body P in the
図9には、シートSの製造工程における複数の段階PR1、PR2、PR3、PR4、PR5、PR6、PR7、PR11を示す。段階PR1は、添加物供給部52で添加物を細分体Pに混合する段階である。段階PR11は、メッシュベルト72に混合物Mを堆積させる工程であり、段階PR2は段階PR11の開始を示し、段階PR3は段階PR11の終了を示す。段階PR4は加圧部82が第2ウェブW2を加圧してシートSとする段階であり、段階PR5は加熱部84でシートSを加熱する段階である。段階PR6は第1切断部92でシートSを切断する段階であり、段階PR7は第2切断部94でシートSを切断する段階である。なお、混合物Mの堆積工程は連続して行われているが、理解の便宜のために図9ではシートSの1枚分の長さに相当する堆積工程の終了を段階PR3として図示する。また、段階PR2より前では、混合物Mは気流により管54内部を搬送され、シート状またはウェブ状になっていないが、理解の便宜のために図9では帯状に図示する。
FIG. 9 shows a plurality of stages PR1, PR2, PR3, PR4, PR5, PR6, PR7, PR11 in the manufacturing process of the sheet S. The stage PR1 is a stage in which the additive is mixed with the subdivided body P in the additive supply unit 52. Stage PR11 is a process of depositing the mixture M on the mesh belt 72, stage PR2 indicates the start of stage PR11, and stage PR3 indicates the end of stage PR11. Stage PR4 is a stage in which the pressure unit 82 pressurizes the second web W2 to form the sheet S, and stage PR5 is a stage in which the sheet S is heated by the heating unit 84. Step PR6 is a step of cutting the sheet S by the first cutting unit 92, and step PR7 is a step of cutting the sheet S by the second cutting unit 94. In addition, although the deposition process of the mixture M is performed continuously, the end of the deposition process corresponding to the length of one sheet S is illustrated as a stage PR3 in FIG. 9 for convenience of understanding. Prior to stage PR2, the mixture M is transported through the tube 54 by an air flow and is not in the form of a sheet or web, but for convenience of understanding, the mixture M is illustrated in the form of a band in FIG.
操作画面160に対する入力に基づいて、駆動制御部156が添加物供給部52で混合する添加物の種類、及び/または、量を変更すると、段階PR1で添加物の種類や量が変更される。このとき、段階PR1~PR7間には、変更前の添加物を含む被搬送物FMが存在する。被搬送物FMのうち、段階PR5~段階PR7間に存在するシートSは、変更前の添加物を含み、変更前の添加物に適した温度T1で加熱されたものであるから、変更前のシートSの品質を満たす。これに対し、段階PR1~段階PR5間に位置する被搬送物FMは、変更前の材料を含み、加熱部84で加熱されていない状態である。この被搬送物FMがシートSとして排出された場合、シートSの品質として、変更前及び変更後のシートSの種類のどちらも満たさない可能性もある。
When the drive control unit 156 changes the type and / or amount of the additive mixed in the additive supply unit 52 based on the input to the operation screen 160, the type and amount of the additive are changed in step PR1. At this time, the transported object FM including the additive before the change exists between the stages PR1 to PR7. Of the transported object FM, the sheet S existing between the stage PR5 to the stage PR7 contains the additive before the change and is heated at the temperature T1 suitable for the additive before the change. Satisfies the quality of the sheet S. On the other hand, the to-be-conveyed object FM located between the stages PR1 to PR5 includes the material before change and is not heated by the heating unit 84. When the transported object FM is discharged as the sheet S, the quality of the sheet S may not satisfy both the type of the sheet S before and after the change.
制御部150は、添加物の種類や量を変更するタイミングで段階PR1~PR5間の区間L1に存在する被搬送物FMを、このタイミングで段階PR5より後の段階に存在するシートS、及び、段階PR1より前の段階にある材料とは区別する。具体的には、区間L1の長さまたは区間L1の長さに対応した搬送時間を、設定データ121に含めて予め記憶する。
The control unit 150 converts the conveyed object FM existing in the section L1 between the stages PR1 to PR5 at the timing of changing the type and amount of the additive, the sheet S existing at the stage after the stage PR5 at this timing, and A distinction is made from materials in a stage prior to stage PR1. Specifically, the length of the section L1 or the conveyance time corresponding to the length of the section L1 is included in the setting data 121 and stored in advance.
シート製造装置100では、操作画面160の入力によりシートSの種類が変更されたことに対応して、変更後のシートSの種類に対応して添加物の種類及び量が変更され、変更後添加物の種類に対応して、温度データに基づき加熱温度が変更される。このため、添加物供給部52で添加される添加物の種類、量の設定と加熱温度の設定とが、ほぼ同時に変更される。しかしながら、駆動制御部156が添加物供給部52の供給調整部52bを動作させて添加物の種類、量を変更する動作と、加熱制御部157が加熱ローラー86の温度を変更する一連の処理とは、必要な時間が異なり、同時に開始あるいは終了するとは限らない。そこで、これらのタイミングについて、制御部150が行う制御を説明する。
In the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, the type and amount of the additive are changed corresponding to the type of the sheet S after the change in response to the change of the type of the sheet S by the input of the operation screen 160, and the addition after the change Corresponding to the type of object, the heating temperature is changed based on the temperature data. For this reason, the setting of the kind and amount of the additive added in the additive supply unit 52 and the setting of the heating temperature are changed almost simultaneously. However, the drive control unit 156 operates the supply adjustment unit 52b of the additive supply unit 52 to change the type and amount of the additive, and the heating control unit 157 performs a series of processes to change the temperature of the heating roller 86. Require different times and do not necessarily start or end at the same time. Therefore, control performed by the control unit 150 for these timings will be described.
図10及び図11は、シート製造装置100により製造されるシートの変化を示す模式図である。図10には、製造部102から排出されるシートSを示し、図10のAには加熱部84の加熱温度が変化するタイミングとシートSの種類との対応を示す。図10のBには添加物供給部52で添加される添加物が変化するタイミングとシートSの種類との対応を示す。
10 and 11 are schematic views showing changes in the sheet manufactured by the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. FIG. 10 shows the sheet S discharged from the manufacturing unit 102, and FIG. 10A shows the correspondence between the timing at which the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 changes and the type of the sheet S. FIG. 10B shows the correspondence between the timing at which the additive added by the additive supply unit 52 changes and the type of the sheet S.
図10において、符号B1、B2、B3はシートS上の特定の位置を指す。符号B1は、加熱制御部157が加熱部84の加熱温度の変化を開始するタイミングで加熱部84を通過したシートSの位置を指す。符号B2は、加熱部84の加熱温度の変化が終了したタイミングで加熱部84を通過したシートSの位置を指す。
In FIG. 10, symbols B1, B2, and B3 indicate specific positions on the sheet S. Reference numeral B <b> 1 indicates the position of the sheet S that has passed through the heating unit 84 at the timing when the heating control unit 157 starts changing the heating temperature of the heating unit 84. Reference sign B2 indicates the position of the sheet S that has passed through the heating unit 84 at the timing when the change in the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 is completed.
従って、位置B1は変更前の加熱温度(例えば、温度T1)で加熱されたシートS11と、温度T1より高温で温度T2より低温の加熱温度で加熱されたシートS13との境界である。また、位置B2は、温度T2より低温の加熱温度で加熱されたシートS13と、温度T2で加熱されたシートS12との境界である。
Therefore, the position B1 is a boundary between the sheet S11 heated at the heating temperature (for example, temperature T1) before the change and the sheet S13 heated at a heating temperature higher than the temperature T1 and lower than the temperature T2. Further, the position B2 is a boundary between the sheet S13 heated at a heating temperature lower than the temperature T2 and the sheet S12 heated at the temperature T2.
添加物に着目すると、位置B3は添加物供給部52が添加物の種類、量を変更したタイミングで段階PR1(図9)に位置した材料を含むシートS上の位置を示す。位置B3は、変更前の添加物を含むシートS21と、変更後の添加物を含むシートS22との境界である。
Focusing on the additive, position B3 indicates the position on the sheet S including the material positioned in the stage PR1 (FIG. 9) at the timing when the additive supply unit 52 changes the type and amount of the additive. The position B3 is a boundary between the sheet S21 including the additive before the change and the sheet S22 including the additive after the change.
上述のように、製造するシートSの種類を変更する場合、添加物の種類及び/または量と、加熱部84の加熱温度との両方が変更される必要がある。シートSの好ましい品質を実現するためには、(1)設定された添加物を含むこと、(2)設定された加熱温度で加熱されたこと、の2つの条件が必要である。
As described above, when the type of the sheet S to be manufactured is changed, both the type and / or amount of the additive and the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 need to be changed. In order to realize the preferable quality of the sheet S, two conditions are necessary: (1) containing a set additive, and (2) heating at a set heating temperature.
図10に示すように、加熱部84の温度が変化するタイミングと添加物供給部52が添加物を切り替えるタイミングとが一致しない場合、シート製造装置100は、上述した(1)、(2)の両方の条件を満たすシートSと、それ以外のシートSとを区別する。
図10の例では、位置B1より前(下流側)では、加熱温度に関してはシートS11に該当し、添加物に関してはシートS21に該当する。従って、位置B1より前のシートSは、変更前の種類のシートS(以下、シートS1という)である。 As shown in FIG. 10, when the timing at which the temperature of theheating unit 84 changes does not coincide with the timing at which the additive supply unit 52 switches the additive, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 performs the above (1) and (2). A sheet S satisfying both conditions is distinguished from other sheets S.
In the example of FIG. 10, before the position B1 (downstream side), the heating temperature corresponds to the sheet S11, and the additive corresponds to the sheet S21. Accordingly, the sheet S before the position B1 is the type of sheet S before the change (hereinafter referred to as the sheet S1).
図10の例では、位置B1より前(下流側)では、加熱温度に関してはシートS11に該当し、添加物に関してはシートS21に該当する。従って、位置B1より前のシートSは、変更前の種類のシートS(以下、シートS1という)である。 As shown in FIG. 10, when the timing at which the temperature of the
In the example of FIG. 10, before the position B1 (downstream side), the heating temperature corresponds to the sheet S11, and the additive corresponds to the sheet S21. Accordingly, the sheet S before the position B1 is the type of sheet S before the change (hereinafter referred to as the sheet S1).
また、位置B2より後(上流側)では、加熱温度に関してはシートS12に該当し、添加物に関してはシートS22に該当する。従って、位置B2より後のシートSは、変更後の種類のシートS(以下、シートS2という)であるといえる。
これに対し、位置B1~B2間のシートS3は、添加物の種類と温度との一致性が不明であり、条件(1)、(2)の両方を満たしていない。特に、条件(2)を満たしていない。このため、シート製造装置100は、シートS3を、シートS1、S2とは異なる種類のシートとする。 Further, after the position B2 (upstream side), the heating temperature corresponds to the sheet S12, and the additive corresponds to the sheet S22. Therefore, it can be said that the sheet S after the position B2 is the type of sheet S after the change (hereinafter referred to as the sheet S2).
On the other hand, in the sheet S3 between the positions B1 and B2, the coincidence between the type of additive and the temperature is unknown, and both the conditions (1) and (2) are not satisfied. In particular, the condition (2) is not satisfied. For this reason, thesheet manufacturing apparatus 100 sets the sheet S3 as a different type of sheet from the sheets S1 and S2.
これに対し、位置B1~B2間のシートS3は、添加物の種類と温度との一致性が不明であり、条件(1)、(2)の両方を満たしていない。特に、条件(2)を満たしていない。このため、シート製造装置100は、シートS3を、シートS1、S2とは異なる種類のシートとする。 Further, after the position B2 (upstream side), the heating temperature corresponds to the sheet S12, and the additive corresponds to the sheet S22. Therefore, it can be said that the sheet S after the position B2 is the type of sheet S after the change (hereinafter referred to as the sheet S2).
On the other hand, in the sheet S3 between the positions B1 and B2, the coincidence between the type of additive and the temperature is unknown, and both the conditions (1) and (2) are not satisfied. In particular, the condition (2) is not satisfied. For this reason, the
図11には、図10と同様に、製造部102から排出されるシートSを示し、図11のAには加熱部84の加熱温度が変化するタイミングとシートSの種類との対応を示す。図11のBには添加物供給部52で添加される添加物が変化するタイミングとシートSの種類との対応を示す。
図11に示す例は、添加物供給部52で添加物を変更するタイミングが、加熱部84の加熱温度の変更が完了するタイミングより後の例を示す。この例では位置B3が位置B2よりも前に位置する。従って、(1)、(2)の両方の条件を満たすのは、位置B1より前のシートS1、及び、位置B3よりも前のシートS2であり、位置B1~B3間のシートがシートS2として区別される。 FIG. 11 shows the sheet S discharged from themanufacturing unit 102 as in FIG. 10, and FIG. 11A shows the correspondence between the timing at which the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 changes and the type of the sheet S. FIG. 11B shows the correspondence between the timing at which the additive added by the additive supply unit 52 changes and the type of the sheet S.
The example shown in FIG. 11 shows an example in which the timing at which the additive is changed in theadditive supply unit 52 is after the timing at which the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 is changed. In this example, the position B3 is located before the position B2. Accordingly, it is the sheet S1 before the position B1 and the sheet S2 before the position B3 that satisfy both the conditions (1) and (2), and the sheet between the positions B1 and B3 is the sheet S2. Differentiated.
図11に示す例は、添加物供給部52で添加物を変更するタイミングが、加熱部84の加熱温度の変更が完了するタイミングより後の例を示す。この例では位置B3が位置B2よりも前に位置する。従って、(1)、(2)の両方の条件を満たすのは、位置B1より前のシートS1、及び、位置B3よりも前のシートS2であり、位置B1~B3間のシートがシートS2として区別される。 FIG. 11 shows the sheet S discharged from the
The example shown in FIG. 11 shows an example in which the timing at which the additive is changed in the
駆動制御部156は、排出部97の排出切替部903を制御することにより、例えば、シートS1、S2、S3を、それぞれ異なる排出トレイ902に排出し、収容させることができる。シートSにおける位置B1、B2、B3は、制御部150が制御を行うタイミングと、第2ウェブW2及びシートSの搬送速度とに基づき、制御部150が特定可能である。従って、駆動制御部156は、排出切替部903を制御することで、排出部97において位置B1、B2、B3の前後に排出されるシートSを特定し、排出切替部903による切り替えを行うことができる。
The drive control unit 156 can control the discharge switching unit 903 of the discharge unit 97 to discharge, for example, the sheets S1, S2, and S3 to different discharge trays 902 and store them. The positions B1, B2, and B3 on the sheet S can be specified by the control unit 150 based on the timing at which the control unit 150 performs control and the conveyance speed of the second web W2 and the sheet S. Accordingly, the drive control unit 156 can control the discharge switching unit 903 to identify the sheet S discharged before and after the positions B1, B2, and B3 in the discharge unit 97, and perform switching by the discharge switching unit 903. it can.
図12は、シート製造装置100の動作を示すフローチャートである。図13、図14及び図15は、シート製造装置100の動作を示すフローチャートであり、特に、図12の処理を詳細に示す。
FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. FIGS. 13, 14 and 15 are flowcharts showing the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, and particularly show the processing of FIG. 12 in detail.
シート製造装置100の電源がオンにされると(ステップST11)、表示制御部152は、表示パネル116に操作画面160を表示させる(ステップST12)。操作検出部153は、ユーザーによる操作画面160に対する操作を検出して、この操作による入力を受け付ける処理を行い、操作内容を取得する(ステップST13)。
When the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is powered on (step ST11), the display control unit 152 displays the operation screen 160 on the display panel 116 (step ST12). The operation detection unit 153 detects an operation on the operation screen 160 by the user, performs a process of receiving an input by this operation, and acquires the operation content (step ST13).
制御部150は、駆動制御部156及び加熱制御部157の機能により、ステップST13で操作検出部153が取得した操作内容に基づいて、シート製造装置100の動作条件を設定する(ステップST14)。
The control unit 150 sets the operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 based on the operation content acquired by the operation detection unit 153 in step ST13 by the functions of the drive control unit 156 and the heating control unit 157 (step ST14).
ステップST14で実行される処理を図13に詳細に示す。
制御部150は、ステップST13で取得した操作内容に基づき、添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501のうち、使用する添加物カートリッジ501を特定する(ステップST31)。例えば、シート設定部163の色設定部163aの操作により指定された色や、原料設定部163cの操作により指定された原料の種類に基づき、使用する添加物の種類を特定し、特定した種類の添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501を特定する。さらに、制御部150は、特定した添加物カートリッジ501から供給する単位時間当たりの添加物の量を求め、添加物供給モーター317を動作させる条件を設定する。 The processing executed in step ST14 is shown in detail in FIG.
Based on the operation content acquired in step ST13, thecontrol unit 150 identifies the additive cartridge 501 to be used among the additive cartridges 501 mounted on the additive supply unit 52 (step ST31). For example, based on the color specified by the operation of the color setting unit 163a of the sheet setting unit 163 and the type of raw material specified by the operation of the raw material setting unit 163c, the type of additive to be used is specified, and the specified type The additive cartridge 501 containing the additive is specified. Further, the control unit 150 obtains the amount of additive per unit time supplied from the identified additive cartridge 501 and sets conditions for operating the additive supply motor 317.
制御部150は、ステップST13で取得した操作内容に基づき、添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501のうち、使用する添加物カートリッジ501を特定する(ステップST31)。例えば、シート設定部163の色設定部163aの操作により指定された色や、原料設定部163cの操作により指定された原料の種類に基づき、使用する添加物の種類を特定し、特定した種類の添加物を収容した添加物カートリッジ501を特定する。さらに、制御部150は、特定した添加物カートリッジ501から供給する単位時間当たりの添加物の量を求め、添加物供給モーター317を動作させる条件を設定する。 The processing executed in step ST14 is shown in detail in FIG.
Based on the operation content acquired in step ST13, the
制御部150は、ステップST31で特定した添加物カートリッジ501に装着されているIC521からIC読取部119が読み取った温度データを取得する(ステップST32)。
The control unit 150 acquires temperature data read by the IC reading unit 119 from the IC 521 mounted on the additive cartridge 501 specified in step ST31 (step ST32).
制御部150は、ステップST32で取得した温度データに基づき、加熱部84の加熱温度を決定する(ステップST33)。
ステップST33で、制御部150は、複数種類の添加物を使用する場合は、各々の添加物に対応する温度データを取得し、取得した複数の温度データをもとに加熱温度を決定する。 Thecontrol unit 150 determines the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data acquired in step ST32 (step ST33).
In step ST33, when a plurality of types of additives are used, thecontrol unit 150 acquires temperature data corresponding to each additive, and determines the heating temperature based on the acquired plurality of temperature data.
ステップST33で、制御部150は、複数種類の添加物を使用する場合は、各々の添加物に対応する温度データを取得し、取得した複数の温度データをもとに加熱温度を決定する。 The
In step ST33, when a plurality of types of additives are used, the
なお、ステップST33では、使用する添加物を収容する添加物カートリッジ501のIC521から読み取った温度データに基づき、加熱温度を決定する例を説明したが、原料設定部163cで指定された原料に対応する加熱温度を設定してもよい。例えば、原料の種類ごとに、原料に適した加熱部84の加熱温度を設定データ121に含めて予め記憶しておけばよい。この場合、制御部150は、原料設定部163cで指定された原料に対応する加熱温度を設定データ121から取得する。制御部150は、使用する添加物に対応する温度データのうち最も高い温度と、原料に対応する加熱温度とのうち、高い側の温度を、加熱温度に設定すればよい。
In step ST33, the example in which the heating temperature is determined based on the temperature data read from the IC 521 of the additive cartridge 501 containing the additive to be used has been described, but corresponds to the raw material specified by the raw material setting unit 163c. The heating temperature may be set. For example, for each type of raw material, the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 suitable for the raw material may be included in the setting data 121 and stored in advance. In this case, the control unit 150 acquires the heating temperature corresponding to the raw material specified by the raw material setting unit 163c from the setting data 121. The control part 150 should just set the temperature of the higher side among the highest temperature among the temperature data corresponding to the additive to be used, and the heating temperature corresponding to a raw material to a heating temperature.
制御部150は、ステップST33で決定した加熱温度を、製造部102の動作条件として設定する(ステップST34)。設定された動作条件は、例えば記憶部140に記憶される。
The control unit 150 sets the heating temperature determined in step ST33 as an operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 (step ST34). The set operating conditions are stored in the storage unit 140, for example.
図12に戻り、制御部150は、起動シーケンスを実行する(ステップST15)。起動シーケンスで、制御部150は、センサーI/F114に接続された各種センサーの初期化、及び、検出開始のための処理を実行する。また、起動シーケンスは、駆動部I/F115に接続された各駆動部の動作の初期化、及び、シートSの製造を開始することが可能な状態に各駆動部を移行させる制御を含む。この起動シーケンスにおいて、制御部150は、ヒーター339の電源をONに切り替えて昇温を開始する。また、制御部150は、加湿ヒーター345の電源をONに切り替えて昇温を開始する。
Returning to FIG. 12, the control unit 150 executes the activation sequence (step ST15). In the activation sequence, the control unit 150 executes processing for initializing various sensors connected to the sensor I / F 114 and starting detection. The activation sequence includes initialization of the operation of each driving unit connected to the driving unit I / F 115 and control for shifting each driving unit to a state where the manufacture of the sheet S can be started. In this activation sequence, the control unit 150 switches the power source of the heater 339 to ON and starts temperature increase. In addition, the control unit 150 switches the power source of the humidifying heater 345 to ON and starts temperature increase.
制御部150は、ヒーター339の温度が、目標温度であるステップST14で設定した加熱温度に達したか否かを判定し(ステップST15)、加熱温度に達していない間は(ステップST15;No)、待機する。この待機中、制御部150は、他の駆動部の制御を行うことは勿論可能である。
The controller 150 determines whether or not the temperature of the heater 339 has reached the heating temperature set in step ST14, which is the target temperature (step ST15), and while the heating temperature has not been reached (step ST15; No). ,stand by. During this standby, the control unit 150 can of course control other drive units.
ヒーター339の温度が目標温度に達したと判定した場合(ステップST15;Yes)、制御部150は、シート製造装置100の動作状態を第1状態に移行してシートSの製造すなわちジョブを開始する(ステップST17)。
When it is determined that the temperature of the heater 339 has reached the target temperature (step ST15; Yes), the control unit 150 shifts the operating state of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to the first state and starts manufacturing the sheet S, that is, starts a job. (Step ST17).
シートSの製造開始後、制御部150は、操作画面160に対する操作により、製造部102の動作条件の変更を招く入力を検出する(ステップST18)。
具体的には、制御部150は、操作画面160によるシートSの種類の変更の入力を検出する。この入力がない場合(ステップST18;No)、制御部150は、ジョブが完了したか否かを判定する(ステップST19)。例えば、ステップST13で製造するシートSの数が指定され、指定された数のシートSの製造が完了した場合には、ジョブが完了する。停止指示ボタン161bが操作された場合もジョブが完了する。 After starting the manufacture of the sheet S, thecontrol unit 150 detects an input that causes a change in the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 by an operation on the operation screen 160 (step ST18).
Specifically, thecontrol unit 150 detects an input for changing the type of the sheet S through the operation screen 160. If there is no input (step ST18; No), the control unit 150 determines whether or not the job is completed (step ST19). For example, when the number of sheets S to be manufactured is specified in step ST13 and the manufacturing of the specified number of sheets S is completed, the job is completed. The job is also completed when the stop instruction button 161b is operated.
具体的には、制御部150は、操作画面160によるシートSの種類の変更の入力を検出する。この入力がない場合(ステップST18;No)、制御部150は、ジョブが完了したか否かを判定する(ステップST19)。例えば、ステップST13で製造するシートSの数が指定され、指定された数のシートSの製造が完了した場合には、ジョブが完了する。停止指示ボタン161bが操作された場合もジョブが完了する。 After starting the manufacture of the sheet S, the
Specifically, the
ジョブが完了していない場合(ステップST19;No)、制御部150はステップST18に戻る。ジョブが完了した場合(ステップST19;Yes)、制御部150は、停止シーケンスを実行して、シート製造装置100を停止状態に移行させる(ステップST20)。停止シーケンスでは、製造部102の各駆動部を停止させる。
If the job is not completed (step ST19; No), the control unit 150 returns to step ST18. When the job is completed (step ST19; Yes), the control unit 150 executes a stop sequence and shifts the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to a stop state (step ST20). In the stop sequence, each drive unit of the manufacturing unit 102 is stopped.
なお、ステップST20で実行する停止シーケンスは、停止指示ボタン161bの操作が行われたときに割り込み処理として実行できる。
Note that the stop sequence executed in step ST20 can be executed as an interrupt process when the stop instruction button 161b is operated.
また、ジョブの実行中に、シート設定部163の操作によってシートSの種類についての入力を検出した場合(ステップST18;Yes)、制御部150は、製造部102の動作条件を変更する条件変更処理を行う(ステップST21)。
In addition, when an input regarding the type of the sheet S is detected by operation of the sheet setting unit 163 during the execution of the job (step ST18; Yes), the control unit 150 changes the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102. Is performed (step ST21).
ステップST21で実行される条件変更処理を図14に詳細に示す。
操作検出部153は、ユーザーの操作による入力を受け付ける処理を行い、操作内容を取得する(ステップST41)。 The condition changing process executed in step ST21 is shown in detail in FIG.
Theoperation detection unit 153 performs a process of receiving an input by a user operation, and acquires operation contents (step ST41).
操作検出部153は、ユーザーの操作による入力を受け付ける処理を行い、操作内容を取得する(ステップST41)。 The condition changing process executed in step ST21 is shown in detail in FIG.
The
制御部150は、ステップST41で操作検出部153が取得した操作内容に基づいて、添加物供給部52に装着された添加物カートリッジ501のうち、使用する添加物カートリッジ501を特定する(ステップST42)。この処理はステップST31と同様である。制御部150は、ステップST42で特定した添加物カートリッジ501に装着されているIC521からIC読取部119が読み取った温度データを取得する(ステップST43)。この処理はステップST32と同様である。
Based on the operation content acquired by the operation detection unit 153 in step ST41, the control unit 150 identifies the additive cartridge 501 to be used among the additive cartridges 501 attached to the additive supply unit 52 (step ST42). . This process is the same as step ST31. The control unit 150 acquires temperature data read by the IC reading unit 119 from the IC 521 mounted on the additive cartridge 501 specified in step ST42 (step ST43). This process is the same as step ST32.
制御部150は、ステップST43で取得した温度データに基づき、加熱部84の加熱温度を決定する(ステップST44)。この処理はステップST33と同様である。例えば、制御部150は、ステップST33で説明したように、供給部10から供給される原料に応じて加熱温度を決定してもよい。
The control unit 150 determines the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data acquired in step ST43 (step ST44). This process is the same as step ST33. For example, the control part 150 may determine heating temperature according to the raw material supplied from the supply part 10, as demonstrated by step ST33.
制御部150は、ステップST42で特定したカートリッジの種類と各カートリッジから供給する添加物の量、及び/または、ステップST44で決定した加熱温度に基づき、製造部102の動作条件の設定を変更する(ステップST45)。
Based on the type of cartridge specified in step ST42 and the amount of additive supplied from each cartridge and / or the heating temperature determined in step ST44, the controller 150 changes the setting of the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 ( Step ST45).
ここで、制御部150は、ステップST45で材料に関する設定を変更したか否かを判定する(ステップST46)。材料とは、具体的には、添加物供給部52で添加される添加物、及び、供給部10から供給される原料を含む。
材料に関する設定が変更された場合(ステップST46;Yes)、制御部150は、添加物供給部52からの添加物の供給に関して変更された設定を反映させて、添加物の供給を実行させる(ステップST47)。ステップST47では、添加物の種類や量に関する設定の変更が反映され、変更後の設定に基づく供給が開始される。
制御部150は、添加物の供給を変更したタイミングを記録し(ステップST48)、ステップST49に移行する。ステップST48で、制御部150は、例えば、変更のタイミングを示すデータを記憶部140に記憶させる。また、例えば、変更を行ってからの経過時間のカウントを開始してもよい。ステップST45で、材料に関する設定が変更されなかったと判定した場合(ステップST46;No)、制御部150はステップST49に移行する。 Here, thecontrol unit 150 determines whether or not the setting related to the material is changed in step ST45 (step ST46). Specifically, the material includes an additive added by the additive supply unit 52 and a raw material supplied from the supply unit 10.
When the setting regarding a material is changed (step ST46; Yes), thecontrol part 150 reflects the setting changed regarding supply of the additive from the additive supply part 52, and performs supply of an additive (step). ST47). In step ST47, the change of the setting regarding the type and amount of the additive is reflected, and the supply based on the changed setting is started.
Thecontrol unit 150 records the timing when the supply of the additive is changed (step ST48), and proceeds to step ST49. In step ST48, the control unit 150 causes the storage unit 140 to store data indicating the change timing, for example. For example, you may start counting the elapsed time after making a change. When it determines with the setting regarding material not having been changed by step ST45 (step ST46; No), the control part 150 transfers to step ST49.
材料に関する設定が変更された場合(ステップST46;Yes)、制御部150は、添加物供給部52からの添加物の供給に関して変更された設定を反映させて、添加物の供給を実行させる(ステップST47)。ステップST47では、添加物の種類や量に関する設定の変更が反映され、変更後の設定に基づく供給が開始される。
制御部150は、添加物の供給を変更したタイミングを記録し(ステップST48)、ステップST49に移行する。ステップST48で、制御部150は、例えば、変更のタイミングを示すデータを記憶部140に記憶させる。また、例えば、変更を行ってからの経過時間のカウントを開始してもよい。ステップST45で、材料に関する設定が変更されなかったと判定した場合(ステップST46;No)、制御部150はステップST49に移行する。 Here, the
When the setting regarding a material is changed (step ST46; Yes), the
The
ステップST49で、制御部150は、ステップST45で加熱部84の加熱温度に関する設定を変更したか否かを判定する(ステップST49)。加熱温度に関する設定が変更された場合(ステップST49;Yes)、制御部150はヒーター339を制御して加熱ローラー86の温度変更を開始する(ステップST50)。ここで、制御部150は、温度変更を開始したタイミングを記録する(ステップST51)。ステップST51で、制御部150は、例えば、変更のタイミングを示すデータを記憶部140に記憶させる。また、例えば、温度変更開始からの経過時間のカウントを開始してもよい。
In step ST49, the control unit 150 determines whether or not the setting related to the heating temperature of the heating unit 84 has been changed in step ST45 (step ST49). When the setting relating to the heating temperature is changed (step ST49; Yes), the control unit 150 controls the heater 339 to start the temperature change of the heating roller 86 (step ST50). Here, the control part 150 records the timing which started the temperature change (step ST51). In step ST51, for example, the control unit 150 causes the storage unit 140 to store data indicating the change timing. Further, for example, counting of the elapsed time from the start of temperature change may be started.
制御部150は、ヒーター339の温度が、目標温度に達したか否かを判定し(ステップST52)、加熱温度に達していない間は(ステップST52;No)、待機する。この待機中、制御部150は、他の駆動部の制御を行うことは勿論可能である。
ヒーター339の温度が目標温度に達したと判定した場合(ステップST52;Yes)、制御部150は、温度変更が終了したタイミングを記録し(ステップST53)、図12に戻る。ステップST53で、制御部150は、例えば、変更のタイミングを示すデータを記憶部140に記憶させる。また、例えば、変更終了からの経過時間のカウントを開始してもよい。また、加熱部84の加熱温度に関する設定を変更していないと判定した場合(ステップST49;No)、図12に戻る。 Thecontrol unit 150 determines whether or not the temperature of the heater 339 has reached the target temperature (step ST52), and stands by while not reaching the heating temperature (step ST52; No). During this standby, the control unit 150 can of course control other drive units.
When it determines with the temperature of theheater 339 having reached target temperature (step ST52; Yes), the control part 150 records the timing which temperature change was complete | finished (step ST53), and returns to FIG. In step ST53, the control unit 150 causes the storage unit 140 to store data indicating the change timing, for example. Further, for example, counting of the elapsed time from the end of the change may be started. Moreover, when it determines with the setting regarding the heating temperature of the heating part 84 not having been changed (step ST49; No), it returns to FIG.
ヒーター339の温度が目標温度に達したと判定した場合(ステップST52;Yes)、制御部150は、温度変更が終了したタイミングを記録し(ステップST53)、図12に戻る。ステップST53で、制御部150は、例えば、変更のタイミングを示すデータを記憶部140に記憶させる。また、例えば、変更終了からの経過時間のカウントを開始してもよい。また、加熱部84の加熱温度に関する設定を変更していないと判定した場合(ステップST49;No)、図12に戻る。 The
When it determines with the temperature of the
図12に戻り、制御部150は、排出制御を開始し(ステップST22)、ステップST19に移行する。排出制御は、図10及び図11に示したように、変更前の種類のシートS1と、変更後の種類のシートS2と、シートS1及びシートS2とは異なる種類のシートS3とを、排出部97において異なる排出トレイ902に収容するための制御である。
Returning to FIG. 12, the control unit 150 starts the discharge control (step ST22), and proceeds to step ST19. As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the discharge control is performed by changing the type of sheet S1 before the change, the type of sheet S2 after the change, and a sheet S3 of a type different from the sheets S1 and S2 into the discharge unit. 97 is a control for accommodating the paper in different discharge trays 902.
図15は、排出制御を詳細に示すフローチャートである。
制御部150は、図14に示した処理において記録された各タイミングを示すデータを取得する(ステップST61)。具体的には、ステップST48で記録された添加物の供給を変更したタイミングの記録、ステップST51で記録された温度変更開始のタイミングの記録、及び、ステップST53で記録された温度変更終了のタイミングの記録を取得する。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the discharge control in detail.
Thecontrol unit 150 acquires data indicating each timing recorded in the process shown in FIG. 14 (step ST61). Specifically, the recording of the timing of changing the supply of the additive recorded in step ST48, the recording of the timing of starting the temperature change recorded in step ST51, and the timing of the end of the temperature change recorded in step ST53. Get a record.
制御部150は、図14に示した処理において記録された各タイミングを示すデータを取得する(ステップST61)。具体的には、ステップST48で記録された添加物の供給を変更したタイミングの記録、ステップST51で記録された温度変更開始のタイミングの記録、及び、ステップST53で記録された温度変更終了のタイミングの記録を取得する。 FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the discharge control in detail.
The
制御部150は、ステップST61で取得したデータに基づき、切断部90から排出部97へ排出されるシートS1、S2、S3の境界を特定する(ステップST62)。例えば、制御部150は、図10及び図11に示した位置B1、B2、B3を特定し、これらの位置に基づき、シートS1とシートS3との境界、及び、シートS3とシートS2との境界の位置を特定する。
The control unit 150 identifies the boundaries of the sheets S1, S2, and S3 discharged from the cutting unit 90 to the discharge unit 97 based on the data acquired in step ST61 (step ST62). For example, the control unit 150 identifies the positions B1, B2, and B3 shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, and based on these positions, the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3, and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2. Specify the position of.
制御部150は、ステップST62で特定した境界が切断部90を通過するタイミングを決定する(ステップST63)。さらに、制御部150は、ステップST63で決定したタイミングに基づき、排出切替部903により排出トレイ902を切り替えるタイミングを特定する(ステップST64)。
The control unit 150 determines the timing at which the boundary specified in step ST62 passes through the cutting unit 90 (step ST63). Further, based on the timing determined in step ST63, the control unit 150 identifies the timing for switching the discharge tray 902 by the discharge switching unit 903 (step ST64).
ステップST63で決定したタイミングが切断部90によりシートSを切断するタイミングと一致しない場合、制御部150は、ステップST64で、シートS3がシートS1及びシートS2に混入しないように、切り替えタイミングを特定する。このタイミングの不一致は、シートS1とシートS3との境界、及び、シートS3とシートS2との境界が切断部90がシートSを切断する切断位置からずれることを意味する。より具体的には、カットされた1枚のシートSがシートS1とシートS3との両方を含むことを意味する。シートS3とシートS2との境界についても同様である。
When the timing determined in step ST63 does not coincide with the timing of cutting the sheet S by the cutting unit 90, the control unit 150 specifies the switching timing so that the sheet S3 is not mixed into the sheet S1 and the sheet S2 in step ST64. . This timing mismatch means that the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2 are shifted from the cutting position where the cutting unit 90 cuts the sheet S. More specifically, it means that the cut sheet S includes both the sheet S1 and the sheet S3. The same applies to the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2.
切断部90でカットされたシートSのうち、シートS1とシートS3の両方を含むシートS、及び、シートS3とシートS2の両方を含むシートSを、混在シートと呼ぶ。制御部150は、シートS1を収容する排出トレイ902に混在シートが収容されないように、切り替えタイミングを特定する。同様に、制御部150は、シートS2を収容する排出トレイ902に混在シートが収容されないように、切り替えタイミングを特定する。制御部150は、混在シートを、シートS3と同じ排出トレイ902に収容してもよい。また、制御部150は、混在シートを、シートS1、S2、S3のいずれとも異なる排出トレイ902に収容するように排出部97を制御してもよい。
Among the sheets S cut by the cutting unit 90, the sheet S including both the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the sheet S including both the sheet S3 and the sheet S2 are referred to as mixed sheets. The control unit 150 specifies the switching timing so that the mixed sheet is not stored in the discharge tray 902 that stores the sheet S1. Similarly, the control unit 150 specifies the switching timing so that the mixed sheet is not stored in the discharge tray 902 that stores the sheet S2. The control unit 150 may store the mixed sheet in the same discharge tray 902 as the sheet S3. Further, the control unit 150 may control the discharge unit 97 so that the mixed sheet is accommodated in a discharge tray 902 different from any of the sheets S1, S2, and S3.
制御部150は、排出切替部903を制御して、ステップST64で特定したタイミングで排出トレイ902の切り替えを実行する(ステップST65)。シートS1とシートS3との境界、及び、シートS3とシートS2との境界の両方に対応して排出トレイ902を切り替えた後、制御部150は本処理を終了する。また、ステップST65の前に停止シーケンス(ステップST20)が実行される場合、排出制御が停止シーケンスにおいて停止される。
The control unit 150 controls the discharge switching unit 903 to switch the discharge tray 902 at the timing specified in step ST64 (step ST65). After switching the discharge tray 902 corresponding to both the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2, the control unit 150 ends this processing. Further, when the stop sequence (step ST20) is executed before step ST65, the discharge control is stopped in the stop sequence.
ここで、シート製造装置100は、混在シートやシートS3を、供給部10から供給する構成としてもよい。具体的には、制御部150は、混在シートが収容された排出トレイ902、或いは、シートS3が収容された排出トレイ902から供給部10、或いは粗砕部12に、シートSを戻す機構を備えてもよい。また、混在シートやシートS3が収容された排出トレイ902を、報知部164等によってユーザーに通知してもよい。
Here, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 may be configured to supply the mixed sheet or the sheet S3 from the supply unit 10. Specifically, the control unit 150 includes a mechanism for returning the sheet S from the discharge tray 902 containing the mixed sheets or the discharge tray 902 containing the sheet S3 to the supply unit 10 or the crushing unit 12. May be. Further, the user may be notified of the discharge tray 902 in which the mixed sheet or the sheet S3 is accommodated by the notification unit 164 or the like.
以上、説明したように、第1実施形態のシート製造装置100は、シートSを製造する製造部102と、製造部102で製造するシートSの種類の入力を受け付ける操作検出部153及び操作画面160とを備える。シート製造装置100は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの種類に応じて、製造部102の動作条件を設定して、製造部102にシートSを製造させる制御部150を有する。制御部150は、製造部102によりシートSを製造している状態で、操作検出部153によりシートSの種類の新たな入力を受け付けた場合に、製造部102の動作条件を変更する。ここで、制御部150は、操作検出部153により受け付けた新たな入力に基づくシートSの種類に応じた動作条件に変更してシートSの製造を継続させる。
As described above, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 according to the first embodiment includes the manufacturing unit 102 that manufactures the sheet S, the operation detection unit 153 that receives the input of the type of the sheet S manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102, and the operation screen 160. With. The sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 includes a control unit 150 that sets operating conditions of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153 and causes the manufacturing unit 102 to manufacture the sheet S. When the operation detection unit 153 receives a new input of the type of the sheet S while the manufacturing unit 102 manufactures the sheet S, the control unit 150 changes the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102. Here, the control unit 150 changes the operation condition according to the type of the sheet S based on the new input received by the operation detection unit 153 and continues manufacturing the sheet S.
本発明のシート製造装置100、及び、シート製造装置100の制御方法を適用したシート製造装置100によれば、シートSを製造している状態でシートSの種類の新たな入力を受け付けて、シートSを製造する動作条件を変更し、シートSの製造を継続できる。このため、シートSを製造する動作を停止させることなく、製造するシートSの種類を速やかに変更できる。
According to the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 of the present invention and the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 to which the control method of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is applied, a new input of the type of the sheet S is received while the sheet S is manufactured, and the sheet The operating conditions for manufacturing S can be changed and the manufacturing of the sheet S can be continued. For this reason, the type of the sheet S to be manufactured can be quickly changed without stopping the operation for manufacturing the sheet S.
製造部102は、繊維と結合材とを含む材料を加熱する加熱部84を有する。制御部150は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの種類に応じて、製造部102の動作条件として加熱部84の温度を設定する。これにより、材料を加熱してシートSを製造する装置において、シートSを製造している状態で加熱を行う温度を変更できる。このため、シートSを製造する動作を停止させることなく、加熱温度の変更を伴うシートSの種類の変更が可能となる。
The manufacturing unit 102 includes a heating unit 84 that heats a material including fibers and a binder. The control unit 150 sets the temperature of the heating unit 84 as an operation condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153. Thereby, in the apparatus which manufactures the sheet | seat S by heating a material, the temperature which heats in the state which manufactures the sheet | seat S can be changed. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet S accompanying the change of the heating temperature without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet S.
製造部102は、繊維を含む原料を種類毎に収容した複数のスタッカー11と、原料をスタッカー11から供給する供給部10と、を有する。制御部150は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの種類に応じて、製造部102の動作条件として供給部10から供給する原料の種類を設定し、設定した原料の種類に応じて加熱部84の温度を設定する。これにより、シートSを製造している状態でシートSの製造に用いる原料を変更できる。このため、シートSを製造する動作を停止させることなく、原料の変更を伴うシートSの種類の変更が可能となる。
The manufacturing unit 102 includes a plurality of stackers 11 that contain raw materials including fibers for each type, and a supply unit 10 that supplies the raw materials from the stacker 11. The control unit 150 sets the type of raw material supplied from the supply unit 10 as the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153, and according to the set type of raw material The temperature of the heating unit 84 is set. Thereby, in the state which manufactures the sheet | seat S, the raw material used for manufacture of the sheet | seat S can be changed. For this reason, it is possible to change the type of the sheet S accompanying the change of the raw material without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet S.
製造部102は、それぞれ種類の異なる結合材を収容した複数の添加物カートリッジ501を有する。制御部150は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの種類に応じて、製造部102の動作条件として、使用する1以上の添加物カートリッジ501を設定する。制御部150は、設定した添加物カートリッジ501から温度データを取得し、取得した温度データに基づいて加熱部84の温度を設定する。これにより、製造するシートSの種類に応じた添加物(結合材)を使用してシートSを製造する装置において、シートSを製造している状態で添加物を変更し、変更した添加物に合わせて加熱を行う温度を変更できる。このため、シートSを製造する動作を停止させることなく、添加物の変更を伴うシートSの種類の変更が可能となり、添加物を変更した場合であっても、適切に加熱を行うことができ、高品質のシートSを製造できる。
The manufacturing unit 102 includes a plurality of additive cartridges 501 each containing different types of binders. The control unit 150 sets one or more additive cartridges 501 to be used as the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153. The control unit 150 acquires temperature data from the set additive cartridge 501 and sets the temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the acquired temperature data. Thereby, in the apparatus which manufactures sheet | seat S using the additive (binding material) according to the kind of sheet | seat S to manufacture, an additive is changed in the state which manufactures the sheet | seat S, and it is changed to the changed additive. The temperature at which the heating is performed can be changed. For this reason, it becomes possible to change the type of the sheet S accompanied by the change of the additive without stopping the operation of manufacturing the sheet S, and even when the additive is changed, the heating can be appropriately performed. High-quality sheet S can be manufactured.
制御部150は、製造部102の動作条件として複数の添加物カートリッジ501を設定できる。制御部150は、設定した複数の添加物カートリッジ501の各々から温度データを取得した場合に、取得した温度データのうち最も高い温度を示す温度データに基づき、加熱部84の温度を設定する。これにより、複数の添加物を用いてシートSを製造する場合に、適切な温度で添加物を加熱することができ、高品質のシートSを製造できる。
The control unit 150 can set a plurality of additive cartridges 501 as operating conditions of the manufacturing unit 102. When the temperature data is acquired from each of the set plurality of additive cartridges 501, the control unit 150 sets the temperature of the heating unit 84 based on the temperature data indicating the highest temperature among the acquired temperature data. Thereby, when manufacturing the sheet | seat S using a some additive, an additive can be heated at appropriate temperature and the high quality sheet | seat S can be manufactured.
制御部150は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの第1の種類に応じて、製造部102の動作条件を設定する。制御部150は、製造部102によりシートSを製造している状態で操作検出部153により受け付けた新たな入力に基づくシートSの第2の種類に応じて、製造部102の動作条件を変更する。変更した動作条件に基づきシートSの製造を継続させる場合に、制御部150は、製造部102により製造されたシートSのうち、第1の種類(シートS1)及び第2の種類(シートS2)とは異なるシートS(シートS3)を区別する。換言すれば、第1の種類のシートSから第2の種類のシートSに変化する間の中間シートSを識別できるようにする。これにより、シートSを製造する動作条件を変更した場合に、入力に応じた種類とは異なるシートSを区別できる。このため、例えば変更を開始してから変更が完了するまでの間に製造されるシートSなど、指定されたシートSとは異なる性状のシートSを区別することで、望ましい品質のシートSを容易に取り出すことができる。
The control unit 150 sets the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the first type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153. The control unit 150 changes the operating condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the second type of the sheet S based on the new input received by the operation detection unit 153 while the sheet S is manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102. . When the manufacture of the sheet S is continued based on the changed operation condition, the control unit 150 includes the first type (sheet S1) and the second type (sheet S2) among the sheets S manufactured by the manufacturing unit 102. Different sheets S (sheets S3) are distinguished. In other words, the intermediate sheet S during the transition from the first type of sheet S to the second type of sheet S can be identified. Thereby, when the operating condition for manufacturing the sheet S is changed, the sheet S different from the type corresponding to the input can be distinguished. For this reason, for example, a sheet S having a desired quality can be easily obtained by distinguishing a sheet S having a property different from the designated sheet S, such as a sheet S manufactured between the start of the change and the completion of the change. Can be taken out.
製造部102は、シートSの製造に係る材料を搬送する搬送動作を実行可能である。制御部150は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの第1の種類に応じて製造部102の動作条件を設定した後、搬送動作を実行中に、操作検出部153により受け付けた入力を新たな入力とする。これにより、シートSの製造に係る材料を搬送する搬送動作の実行中に、入力に応じて動作条件を変更することができる。
The manufacturing unit 102 can execute a transport operation for transporting a material related to the manufacture of the sheet S. The control unit 150 sets the operation condition of the manufacturing unit 102 according to the first type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153, and then receives the operation detection unit 153 during the carrying operation. The input is a new input. Thereby, during the execution of the conveying operation for conveying the material related to the manufacture of the sheet S, the operation condition can be changed according to the input.
制御部150は、操作検出部153で受け付けた入力に基づくシートSの種類に応じて、シートSを製造する材料およびシートSに対する処理の処理条件のうち少なくともいずれかを含み、シートSの製造に係る条件を設定する。これにより、入力に応じて、シートSを製造する材料およびシートSに対する処理の処理条件のうち少なくともいずれかを含む条件を設定し、シートSを製造する動作を継続する間に条件を変更できる。
The control unit 150 includes at least one of the material for manufacturing the sheet S and the processing conditions for processing the sheet S according to the type of the sheet S based on the input received by the operation detection unit 153. Set such conditions. Thereby, according to the input, conditions including at least one of the material for manufacturing the sheet S and the processing conditions for processing the sheet S can be set, and the conditions can be changed while the operation for manufacturing the sheet S is continued.
[第2実施形態]
図16は、本発明を適用した第2実施形態に係るシート製造装置101の構成を示す模式図である。図17は、第2実施形態のシート製造装置の動作を示すフローチャートである。 [Second Embodiment]
FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of a sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 according to the second embodiment to which the present invention is applied. FIG. 17 is a flowchart illustrating the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus according to the second embodiment.
図16は、本発明を適用した第2実施形態に係るシート製造装置101の構成を示す模式図である。図17は、第2実施形態のシート製造装置の動作を示すフローチャートである。 [Second Embodiment]
FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing a configuration of a sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 according to the second embodiment to which the present invention is applied. FIG. 17 is a flowchart illustrating the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus according to the second embodiment.
シート製造装置101は、切断部90及び排出部97に代えて巻取部98を備えた構成である。この相違点を除き、上記第1実施形態で説明したシート製造装置100と共通の構成を具備するので、共通する構成については同符号を付して説明を省略する。
The sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 includes a winding unit 98 instead of the cutting unit 90 and the discharge unit 97. Except for this difference, since it has the same configuration as the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described in the first embodiment, the same configuration is denoted by the same reference numeral and description thereof is omitted.
シート製造装置101が備える製造部102a(シート製造部)は、切断部90を備えていない。従ってシート形成部80により加圧および加熱されたシートSは、切断されていない状態で製造部102aから排出される。シート製造装置101は、切断されていないシートSを巻き取る巻取部98を備える。
The manufacturing unit 102a (sheet manufacturing unit) included in the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 does not include the cutting unit 90. Accordingly, the sheet S pressed and heated by the sheet forming unit 80 is discharged from the manufacturing unit 102a without being cut. The sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 includes a winding unit 98 that winds the uncut sheet S.
巻取部98は、シートSを巻き取る巻取ロール911と、巻取ロール911とシート形成部80との間でシートSの弛みを除去するテンションローラー912、913、914とを備える。テンションローラー912、914は、シートSの搬送経路において回転自在に設置され、テンションローラー912、914の間に、シートSに所定の張力を与えるように設置されるテンションローラー913が配置される。テンションローラー913は、テンションローラー912、914に対して相対的に移動可能であり、バネ等の付勢手段により不正され、シートSに張力を与える。
The winding unit 98 includes a winding roll 911 that winds up the sheet S, and tension rollers 912, 913, and 914 that remove slack of the sheet S between the winding roll 911 and the sheet forming unit 80. The tension rollers 912 and 914 are rotatably installed in the conveyance path of the sheet S, and the tension roller 913 is disposed between the tension rollers 912 and 914 so as to apply a predetermined tension to the sheet S. The tension roller 913 is relatively movable with respect to the tension rollers 912 and 914, and is improperly applied by an urging means such as a spring to apply tension to the sheet S.
また、シート形成部80とテンションローラー912、913、914との間には、マーキング部99が配置される。
Further, a marking unit 99 is disposed between the sheet forming unit 80 and the tension rollers 912, 913, and 914.
マーキング部99は、シートSの表面又は裏面の所定の位置に、インクや型押し等の手段によりマーク(画像、記号、文字など)を付加する。具体的には、シートSに接触してマークを付加する付加部(図示略)と、付加部をシートSに押し当てるアクチュエーター等(図示略)とを有する。例えば、マーキング部99は、可視光により識別可能なマークをインクによって付着させる。或いは、マーキング部99は、可視光では区別できず紫外光を当てると蛍光を発する材料で印を付加してもよい。シートSの搬送方向Fに直交する方向において、マーキング部99がマークを付加する位置は任意であって、例えば、端位置とすることができ、切断部90(図1)により切り落とされる位置であってもよい。
The marking unit 99 adds marks (images, symbols, characters, etc.) to predetermined positions on the front or back surface of the sheet S by means such as ink or embossing. Specifically, it includes an adding portion (not shown) that adds a mark by contacting the sheet S, and an actuator or the like (not shown) that presses the adding portion against the sheet S. For example, the marking unit 99 attaches a mark that can be identified by visible light using ink. Or the marking part 99 may add a mark with the material which does not distinguish with visible light but emits fluorescence, when ultraviolet light is irradiated. In the direction orthogonal to the conveyance direction F of the sheet S, the position where the marking unit 99 adds a mark is arbitrary, and can be, for example, an end position, which is a position cut off by the cutting unit 90 (FIG. 1). May be.
マーキング部99は、駆動部I/F115(図4)により制御装置110に接続され、制御部150の制御によって動作し、制御部150が指定したタイミングでマークを付加する。
The marking unit 99 is connected to the control device 110 by the drive unit I / F 115 (FIG. 4), operates under the control of the control unit 150, and adds a mark at a timing designated by the control unit 150.
また、巻取ロール911は、図示しない巻き取りモーターにより駆動されて回転し、シートSを巻き取る。巻き取りモーターは、駆動部I/F115(図4)により制御装置110に接続され、制御部150の制御によって回転する。巻取ロール911は、製造部102aがシートSの製造を実行し、原料を搬送する場合に、巻き取りモーターにより回転する。
Further, the take-up roll 911 is driven by a take-up motor (not shown) and rotates to take up the sheet S. The take-up motor is connected to the control device 110 by a drive unit I / F 115 (FIG. 4) and rotates under the control of the control unit 150. The winding roll 911 is rotated by a winding motor when the manufacturing unit 102a manufactures the sheet S and conveys the raw material.
第2実施形態のシート製造装置101の動作は、上述したシート製造装置100の動作と同様であるが、図15を参照して説明した排出制御において異なるので、図17を参照して説明する。
The operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 of the second embodiment is the same as the operation of the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 described above, but is different in the discharge control described with reference to FIG. 15, and will be described with reference to FIG.
図17に示す排出制御において、制御部150は、図15のステップST61及びステップST62と同様の処理を実行する。
In the discharge control shown in FIG. 17, the control unit 150 executes the same processing as in step ST <b> 61 and step ST <b> 62 in FIG. 15.
制御部150は、ステップST62で特定した境界がマーキング部99を通過するタイミングを決定する(ステップST81)。制御部150は、マーキング部99のアクチュエーター等を制御して、ステップST62で特定したタイミングでマークを付加させる。これにより、シートSにおいて、シートS1とシートS3との境界、及び、シートS3とシートS2との境界のそれぞれに、マーキング部99によりマークが付加される。必要なマークが付加された後、制御部150は排出制御を終了する。また、ステップST65の前に停止シーケンス(ステップST20)が実行される場合、排出制御が停止シーケンスにおいて停止される。
The control unit 150 determines the timing at which the boundary specified in step ST62 passes the marking unit 99 (step ST81). The control unit 150 controls the actuator and the like of the marking unit 99 to add a mark at the timing specified in step ST62. Thus, in the sheet S, marks are added by the marking unit 99 to the boundary between the sheet S1 and the sheet S3 and the boundary between the sheet S3 and the sheet S2. After the necessary marks are added, the control unit 150 ends the discharge control. Further, when the stop sequence (step ST20) is executed before step ST65, the discharge control is stopped in the stop sequence.
ここで、シート製造装置100は、マーキング部99によりマークを付加したタイミングで、報知部164等によってユーザーに報知を行ってもよい。
Here, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 may notify the user by the notifying unit 164 or the like at the timing when the marking unit 99 adds a mark.
第2実施形態に係るシート製造装置101は、シート製造装置100と同様に、本発明のシート製造装置およびシート製造装置の制御方法が適用され、シート製造装置100と同様の効果を得ることができる。そして、シート製造装置101では、シートSをカットせず巻き取る構成において、巻き取られたシートSに、シートS1、S2、S3の境界を示すマークを付与することができる。これにより、巻取ロール911に巻き取られたシートSにおいて、操作画面160により設定された種類に該当する部分を明示できる。
Similar to the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101 according to the second embodiment is applied with the sheet manufacturing apparatus and the method for controlling the sheet manufacturing apparatus of the present invention, and can obtain the same effects as the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100. . In the sheet manufacturing apparatus 101, in the configuration in which the sheet S is wound without being cut, a mark indicating the boundary between the sheets S1, S2, and S3 can be given to the wound sheet S. Thereby, in the sheet S taken up by the take-up roll 911, a portion corresponding to the type set on the operation screen 160 can be clearly shown.
なお、上記各実施形態は、特許請求の範囲に記載された本発明を実施する具体的態様に過ぎず、本発明を限定するものではなく、上記実施形態で説明した構成の全てが本発明の必須構成要件であることも限定されない。また、この発明は上記実施形態の構成に限られるものではなく、その要旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の態様において実施することが可能である。
Each of the above embodiments is merely a specific mode for carrying out the present invention described in the claims, and is not intended to limit the present invention. All the configurations described in the above embodiment are included in the present invention. It is not limited that it is an essential component. Moreover, this invention is not limited to the structure of the said embodiment, In the range which does not deviate from the summary, it can be implemented in a various aspect.
例えば、上記各実施形態では、種類毎に原料を収容する収容部としてスタッカー11を備える構成を例示したが、本発明はこれに限定されず、例えば、解繊部20により解繊された原料が外部から供給される構成であってもよい。この構成では、解繊された原料を収容したカートリッジ(図示略)を複数備え、これらのカートリッジから切り替えてドラム部41に原料としての解繊物を供給してもよい。また、原料として細分体Pを外部から管54に供給する構成としてもよい。
For example, in each said embodiment, although the structure provided with the stacker 11 as an accommodating part which accommodates a raw material for every kind was illustrated, this invention is not limited to this, For example, the raw material defibrated by the defibrating part 20 is The structure supplied from the outside may be sufficient. In this configuration, a plurality of cartridges (not shown) containing the defibrated raw material may be provided, and the defibrated material as the raw material may be supplied to the drum unit 41 by switching from these cartridges. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which supplies the subdivision P to the pipe | tube 54 from the outside as a raw material.
また、上記各実施形態のシート製造装置100は、原料を気中で解繊することにより材料を得て、この材料と樹脂とを用いてシートSを製造する乾式のシート製造装置100として説明した。本発明の適用対象はこれに限定されず、水等の溶媒中に繊維を含む原料を溶解または浮遊させ、この原料をシートに加工する、いわゆる湿式のシート製造装置にも適用できる。また、気中で解繊された繊維を含む材料をドラムの表面に静電気等により吸着させ、ドラムに吸着された原料をシートに加工する静電方式のシート製造装置にも適用できる。これらのシート製造装置では、シートに加工される前またはシート状の材料を搬送する工程において、上記実施形態の構成を適用可能である。これらのシート製造装置において、原料を加熱する加熱部を有する構成であれば、この加熱部の温度を制御する制御部に本発明を適用できる。
Further, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 of each of the above embodiments has been described as a dry sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 that obtains a material by defibrating the raw material in the air and manufactures the sheet S using this material and resin. . The application target of the present invention is not limited to this, and the present invention can also be applied to a so-called wet sheet manufacturing apparatus in which a raw material containing fibers is dissolved or suspended in a solvent such as water and the raw material is processed into a sheet. Further, the present invention can be applied to an electrostatic sheet manufacturing apparatus in which a material containing fibers defibrated in the air is adsorbed on the surface of the drum by static electricity or the like, and the raw material adsorbed on the drum is processed into a sheet. In these sheet manufacturing apparatuses, the configuration of the above-described embodiment can be applied before being processed into a sheet or in a process of conveying a sheet-like material. In these sheet manufacturing apparatuses, the present invention can be applied to a control unit that controls the temperature of the heating unit as long as it includes a heating unit that heats the raw material.
また、シート製造装置100は、シートSに限らず、硬質のシート或いは積層したシートで構成されるボード状、或いは、ウェブ状の製造物を製造する構成であってもよい。また、シートSは、紙は、パルプや古紙を原料とする紙であってもよく、天然繊維または合成樹脂製の繊維を含む不織布であってもよい。また、シートSの性状は特に限定されず、筆記や印刷を目的とした記録紙(例えば、いわゆるPPC用紙)として使用可能な紙であってもよいし、壁紙、包装紙、色紙、画用紙、ケント紙等であってもよい。また、シートSが不織布である場合、一般的な不織布のほか、繊維ボード、ティッシュペーパー、キッチンペーパー、クリーナー、フィルター、液体吸収材、吸音体、緩衝材、マット等としてもよい。
Further, the sheet manufacturing apparatus 100 is not limited to the sheet S, and may be configured to manufacture a board-shaped or web-shaped product including a hard sheet or a stacked sheet. Further, the sheet S may be paper made of pulp or waste paper, or may be a non-woven fabric containing natural fibers or synthetic resin fibers. The properties of the sheet S are not particularly limited, and may be paper that can be used as recording paper for writing or printing (for example, so-called PPC paper), wallpaper, wrapping paper, colored paper, drawing paper, Kent paper. Etc. When the sheet S is a non-woven fabric, it may be a general non-woven fabric, a fiber board, tissue paper, kitchen paper, cleaner, filter, liquid absorbent material, sound absorber, cushioning material, mat, or the like.
9…シュート、10…供給部、11…スタッカー(収容部)、12…粗砕部、20…解繊部、26…解繊部ブロアー、27…集塵部、28…捕集ブロアー、40…選別部、45…第1ウェブ形成部、49…回転体、50…混合部、52…添加物供給部、52a…排出部、52b…供給調整部、52c…供給管、54…管、56…混合ブロアー、60…堆積部、70…第2ウェブ形成部、79…搬送部、79a…メッシュベルト、80…シート形成部、82…加圧部、84…加熱部、86…加熱ローラー、90…切断部、97…排出部、98…巻取部、99…マーキング部、100、101…シート製造装置、102、102a…製造部(シート製造部)、110…制御装置、111…メインプロセッサー、114…センサーI/F、115…駆動部I/F、116…表示パネル、117…タッチセンサー(受付部)、119…IC読取部、120…不揮発性記憶部、121…設定データ、122…表示データ、140…記憶部、150…制御部、151…オペレーティングシステム、153…操作検出部(受付部)、154…検出制御部、155…データ取得部、156…駆動制御部、157…加熱制御部、160…操作画面、161…動作指示部、161a…開始指示ボタン、161b…停止指示ボタン、161c…中断指示ボタン、161d…待機指示ボタン、162…カートリッジ情報表示部、163…シート設定部、163a…色設定部、163b…厚さ設定部、163c…原料設定部、164…報知部、501…添加物カートリッジ(カートリッジ)、902…排出トレイ、903…排出切替部、911…巻取ロール、912、913、914…テンションローラー、P…細分体、S、S1、S2、S3…シート、W1…第1ウェブ、W2…第2ウェブ。
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 9 ... Chute, 10 ... Supply part, 11 ... Stacker (accommodating part), 12 ... Crushing part, 20 ... Defibration part, 26 ... Defibration part blower, 27 ... Dust collection part, 28 ... Collection blower, 40 ... Sorting unit 45 ... first web forming unit 49 ... rotating body 50 ... mixing unit 52 ... additive supply unit 52a ... discharge unit 52b ... supply adjustment unit 52c ... supply pipe 54 ... pipe 56 ... Mixing blower 60 ... deposition part 70 ... second web forming part 79 ... conveying part 79a ... mesh belt 80 ... sheet forming part 82 ... pressing part 84 ... heating part 86 ... heating roller 90 ... Cutting unit, 97 ... discharge unit, 98 ... winding unit, 99 ... marking unit, 100, 101 ... sheet manufacturing device, 102, 102a ... manufacturing unit (sheet manufacturing unit), 110 ... control device, 111 ... main processor, 114 ... Sensor I / F, 115 Drive unit I / F, 116 ... display panel, 117 ... touch sensor (accepting unit), 119 ... IC reading unit, 120 ... non-volatile storage unit, 121 ... setting data, 122 ... display data, 140 ... storage unit, 150 ... Control unit 151... Operating system 153 operation control unit (accepting unit) 154 detection detection unit 155 data acquisition unit 156 drive control unit 157 heating control unit 160 operation screen 161 operation Instruction unit, 161a ... Start instruction button, 161b ... Stop instruction button, 161c ... Interruption instruction button, 161d ... Standby instruction button, 162 ... Cartridge information display part, 163 ... Sheet setting part, 163a ... Color setting part, 163b ... Thickness Setting unit, 163c ... Raw material setting unit, 164 ... Notification unit, 501 ... Additive cartridge (cartridge), 902 ... Discharged Lee, 903 ... discharge switching unit, 911 ... wind-up roll, 912, 913, and 914 ... tension roller, P ... subdivision body, S, S1, S2, S3 ... sheet, W1 ... first web, W2 ... second web.
Claims (9)
- シートを製造するシート製造部と、
前記シート製造部で製造するシートの種類の入力を受け付ける受付部と、
前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定して、前記シート製造部にシートを製造させる制御部と、を有し、
前記制御部は、前記シート製造部によりシートを製造している状態で、前記受付部により前記シートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けた場合に、前記シート製造部の動作条件を、前記受付部により受け付けた前記新たな入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じた動作条件に変更して前記シートの製造を継続させる、シート製造装置。 A sheet manufacturing section for manufacturing a sheet;
A reception unit that receives an input of the type of sheet manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit;
A control unit that sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and causes the sheet manufacturing unit to manufacture the sheet,
When the control unit receives a new input of the sheet type from the receiving unit while the sheet is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, the control unit sets the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit by the receiving unit. A sheet manufacturing apparatus that changes the operating condition according to the type of the sheet based on the received new input and continues manufacturing the sheet. - 前記シート製造部は、繊維と結合材とを含む材料を加熱する加熱部を有し、
前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件として前記加熱部の温度を設定する、請求項1に記載のシート製造装置。 The sheet manufacturing unit has a heating unit that heats a material containing fibers and a binder,
The sheet manufacturing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the control unit sets a temperature of the heating unit as an operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit. - 前記シート製造部は、
前記繊維を含む原料を種類毎に収容した複数の収容部と、
前記原料を前記収容部から供給する供給部と、を有し、
前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件として前記供給部から供給する原料の種類を設定し、設定した前記原料の種類に応じて前記加熱部の温度を設定する、請求項2に記載のシート製造装置。 The sheet manufacturing department
A plurality of storage units that store the raw materials containing the fibers for each type, and
A supply unit for supplying the raw material from the storage unit,
The control unit sets the type of the raw material to be supplied from the supply unit as an operation condition of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the reception unit, and the set type of the raw material The sheet manufacturing apparatus of Claim 2 which sets the temperature of the said heating part according to. - それぞれ種類の異なる結合材を収容した複数のカートリッジを有し、
前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件として、使用する1以上の前記カートリッジを設定し、設定した前記カートリッジから加熱温度情報を取得し、取得した前記加熱温度情報に基づいて前記加熱部の温度を設定する、請求項1から3のいずれか1項に記載のシート製造装置。 Each having a plurality of cartridges containing different types of binding materials;
The control unit sets one or more cartridges to be used as an operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and sets a heating temperature from the set cartridge. The sheet manufacturing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein information is acquired and the temperature of the heating unit is set based on the acquired heating temperature information. - 前記制御部は、前記シート製造部の動作条件として複数の前記カートリッジを設定し、設定した複数の前記カートリッジの各々から加熱温度情報を取得した場合に、取得した加熱温度情報のうち最も高い温度を示す加熱温度情報に基づき、前記加熱部の温度を設定する、請求項4記載のシート製造装置。 The control unit sets a plurality of cartridges as operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit, and acquires the highest temperature among the acquired heating temperature information when acquiring the heating temperature information from each of the set plurality of cartridges. The sheet manufacturing apparatus of Claim 4 which sets the temperature of the said heating part based on the heating temperature information to show.
- 前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの第1の種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定し、
前記シート製造部によりシートを製造している状態で前記受付部により受け付けた前記新たな入力に基づく前記シートの第2の種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を変更して前記シートの製造を継続させる場合に、前記シート製造部により製造された前記シートのうち、前記第1の種類及び前記第2の種類とは異なる前記シートを区別する、請求項1から5いずれか1項に記載のシート製造装置。 The control unit sets operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing unit according to a first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit,
In accordance with the second type of the sheet based on the new input received by the receiving unit in a state where the sheet is manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit, the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is changed to The sheet according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the sheet different from the first type and the second type is distinguished from the sheets manufactured by the sheet manufacturing unit when manufacturing is continued. The sheet manufacturing apparatus described. - 前記シート製造部は、前記シートの製造に係る材料を搬送する搬送動作を実行可能であり、
前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの第1の種類に応じて前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定した後、前記搬送動作を実行中に、前記受付部により受け付けた入力を前記新たな入力とする、請求項1から6のいずれか1項に記載のシート製造装置。 The sheet manufacturing unit can execute a transport operation for transporting a material related to the manufacture of the sheet,
The operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is set according to the first type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and then the input received by the receiving unit is executed during the carrying operation. The sheet manufacturing apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the sheet manufacturing apparatus is a simple input. - 前記制御部は、前記受付部で受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シートを製造する材料および前記シートに対する処理の処理条件のうち少なくともいずれかを含み、前記シートの製造に係る条件を設定する、請求項1から7のいずれか1項に記載のシート製造装置。 The control unit includes at least one of a material for manufacturing the sheet and a processing condition for processing the sheet according to the type of the sheet based on the input received by the receiving unit, and the manufacturing of the sheet The sheet manufacturing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the condition is set.
- シートを製造するシート製造部を備えたシート製造装置の制御方法であって、
製造するシートの種類の入力を受け付け、
受け付けた前記入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じて、前記シート製造部の動作条件を設定して、前記シート製造部によりシートを製造し、
前記シートを製造している状態で、前記シートの種類の新たな入力を受け付けた場合に、前記シート製造部の動作条件を、前記新たな入力に基づく前記シートの種類に応じた動作条件に変更して前記シートの製造を継続する、シート製造装置の制御方法。 A method for controlling a sheet manufacturing apparatus including a sheet manufacturing unit for manufacturing a sheet,
Accepts input of the type of sheet to be manufactured,
In accordance with the type of the sheet based on the received input, set the operating conditions of the sheet manufacturing department, manufacture the sheet by the sheet manufacturing department,
When a new input of the sheet type is received in the state of manufacturing the sheet, the operating condition of the sheet manufacturing unit is changed to an operating condition according to the type of the sheet based on the new input. And the control method of the sheet manufacturing apparatus which continues manufacture of the said sheet | seat.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017060604A JP6965541B2 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2017-03-27 | Sheet manufacturing equipment |
JP2017-060604 | 2017-03-27 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2018180168A1 true WO2018180168A1 (en) | 2018-10-04 |
Family
ID=63674803
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2018/007752 WO2018180168A1 (en) | 2017-03-27 | 2018-03-01 | Sheet manufacturing device and method for controlling sheet manufacturing device |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6965541B2 (en) |
TW (1) | TW201834812A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018180168A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN112442916A (en) * | 2019-08-30 | 2021-03-05 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Sheet manufacturing apparatus |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011042890A (en) * | 2009-08-20 | 2011-03-03 | Duplo Seiko Corp | Waste paper recycling device |
JP2011144457A (en) * | 2010-01-12 | 2011-07-28 | Duplo Seiko Corp | Waste paper-treating apparatus |
JP2015161035A (en) * | 2014-02-26 | 2015-09-07 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Sheet production apparatus |
-
2017
- 2017-03-27 JP JP2017060604A patent/JP6965541B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-03-01 WO PCT/JP2018/007752 patent/WO2018180168A1/en active Application Filing
- 2018-03-23 TW TW107110018A patent/TW201834812A/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011042890A (en) * | 2009-08-20 | 2011-03-03 | Duplo Seiko Corp | Waste paper recycling device |
JP2011144457A (en) * | 2010-01-12 | 2011-07-28 | Duplo Seiko Corp | Waste paper-treating apparatus |
JP2015161035A (en) * | 2014-02-26 | 2015-09-07 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | Sheet production apparatus |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN112442916A (en) * | 2019-08-30 | 2021-03-05 | 精工爱普生株式会社 | Sheet manufacturing apparatus |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW201834812A (en) | 2018-10-01 |
JP2018162538A (en) | 2018-10-18 |
JP6965541B2 (en) | 2021-11-10 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6733779B2 (en) | Sheet manufacturing apparatus and method for controlling sheet manufacturing apparatus | |
JP7035325B2 (en) | Sheet manufacturing equipment, seats, and sheet manufacturing methods | |
JP6977804B2 (en) | Sheet manufacturing equipment and control method of seat manufacturing equipment | |
JPWO2018043065A1 (en) | Sheet manufacturing equipment | |
WO2018180066A1 (en) | Seat manufacturing device and method for controlling seat manufacturing device | |
JP6562157B2 (en) | Sheet manufacturing apparatus and sheet manufacturing apparatus control method | |
JP2018086701A (en) | Sheet manufacturing apparatus and control method for the same | |
WO2018043017A1 (en) | Sheet manufacturing device and method for controlling sheet manufacturing device | |
WO2018180166A1 (en) | Sheet manufacturing device and method for controlling sheet manufacturing device | |
WO2018180168A1 (en) | Sheet manufacturing device and method for controlling sheet manufacturing device | |
JP6714871B2 (en) | Seat manufacturing apparatus and seat manufacturing system | |
JP2018150666A (en) | Sheet production apparatus and sheet production system | |
JP2020075770A (en) | Conveying device, fiber raw material recycling device, and conveying method | |
JP2018162540A (en) | Sheet production apparatus and method for controlling sheet production apparatus | |
JP6590074B2 (en) | Sheet manufacturing equipment | |
JP2018161819A (en) | Sheet manufacturing device and control method of sheet manufacturing device | |
WO2018163743A1 (en) | Sheet production device, and sheet production system | |
JP2018140560A (en) | Sheet manufacturing device, sheet manufacturing method, and control method for sheet manufacturing device | |
JP7005918B2 (en) | Sheet manufacturing equipment | |
WO2018163887A1 (en) | Sheet production device, and sheet production system |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18775056 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18775056 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |